{"title":"Hybrid Seeds","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"marigold-taishan-series-gold-flower-seed","title":"African Marigold Seeds - Taishan Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e77-84 days. Taishan Series is easy to grow from seed and delivers neat and disease-tolerant marigolds ideal for gardens prone to heat, drought, and poor soils. With 20% shorter peduncles and 15% thicker stems than other varieties, Taishan Series stands tall with less stress and less breakage for healthier branching. Taishan Series African marigold seeds are early to bloom and promises compact 10-12\" dwarfed mounds bursting with 3-4\" semi-double blooms perfect to accent indoors, give as a potted gift, or to keep the butterflies fluttering around the garden all season long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Taishan Series African Marigold Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaxonomy:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aztec Marigold, American Marigold, African Marigold, Big Marigold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeed Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSow Indoors or Outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taishan Series marigolds are a hardy full sun performer and most commonly sown directly after the frost but, for earliest blooms, begin seeds 6-8 weeks indoors prior to the frost. Marigolds will take 14-21 days to germinate in full lighting. Plants may require early staking since blooming heads may grow to be too heavy and cause stress to the plant if not supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77-84 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plant 2-3 seeds ¼\" deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12\" tall bushy mound with a 12\"spread of enormous 3-4\" classic semi-double marigold blooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Average, evenly moist, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/Pests\/Troubleshooting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taishan Series marigold is a vigorous full sun performer native to Mexico and known to tolerate gardens prone to heat, drought, and clay soils. Taishan Series is a stronger and more resilient variety of marigold known to not be affected by common diseases such as powdery mildew, root rot, leaf spots, and Botrytis. Marigold has no serious pests but monitor regularly for spider mites and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Signature choice of Gold, Orange, Yellow, and Mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used primarily as a food dye for vibrant coloring, dried marigold will have a hint of spicy or citrus notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaishan Series marigolds are a hardy full sun performer and most commonly sown directly after the frost but, for earliest blooms, begin seeds 6-8 weeks indoors prior to the frost. Marigolds will take 14-21 days to germinate in full lighting. Plants may require early staking since blooming heads may grow to be too heavy and cause stress to the plant if not supported. Plant 2-3 Taishan Series marigold seeds ¼\" deep and 12\" apart in average, evenly moist, and well-drained soil in full sun. Taishan Series marigold is a vigorous full sun performer native to Mexico and known to tolerate gardens prone to heat, drought, and clay soils. Taishan Series is a stronger and more resilient variety of marigold known to not be affected by common diseases such as powdery mildew, root rot, leaf spots, and Botrytis. Marigold has no serious pests but monitor regularly for spider mites and thrips. Taishan Series marigold seeds mature in 77-84 days as 10-12\" tall bushy mounds with a 12\" spread of enormous 3-4\" classic semi-double marigold blooms in a signature choice of Gold, Orange, Yellow, and Mix. Taishan Series marigold is an edible variety of flower primarily as a food dye for vibrant coloring, dried marigold will have a hint of spicy or citrus notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e, or more commonly known as Aztec Marigold, is one of the most awarded, recognized, and cultivated flowers in the entire world. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e is native to Mexico, (specifically its states of Mexico, Puebla, and Veracruz) despite having a variety of names including African Marigold or American Marigold. Marigold has been used for thousands of years by pre-Spanish civilizations in medicine, food, dyes, and ritual. Marigold cultivars have won more than 50 All-American Selections awards and do not seem to be slowing down anytime soon.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Mix","offer_id":39372072943731,"sku":"51346","price":4.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Gold","offer_id":39372072714355,"sku":"51345","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Yellow","offer_id":39372073369715,"sku":"51348","price":3.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Orange","offer_id":39372073238643,"sku":"51347","price":3.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":36399427720,"sku":"38576","price":9.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":36399680712,"sku":"38574","price":8.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":36399680776,"sku":"38580","price":7.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":36399680840,"sku":"38578","price":8.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":36399680904,"sku":"38577","price":57.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":36399680968,"sku":"38575","price":56.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":36399681032,"sku":"38581","price":48.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":36399681096,"sku":"38579","price":56.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/marigold-taishan-series-gold-flower-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440097"},{"product_id":"marigold-antigua-series-flower-seed","title":"African Marigold Seeds - Antigua Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e77-84 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e. Antigua Series African Marigold Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid. Antigua Series African marigold seeds grow some of the most recognizable summertime blooms, both indoors and out! Marigold seeds are an outdoor favorite for growing dazzling color through the season, or for drying and complimenting fresh-cut bouquets and arrangements. Antigua Series seeds promise brilliant 3-inch fully double classic marigold blooms. Antigua Series marigold grows easily from seed and is known to thrive in challenging gardens prone to heat and drought throughout the southwest. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual; Zones 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77-84 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding and bushy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moderately fertile soil with good drainage. Tolerant of many soil types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marigolds are occasionally susceptible to slugs, aphids, thrips, whiteflies, leafminers, and caterpillars. They are often used in pest management programs to repel pests away from productive plants such as vegetables. They can also suffer from powdery mildew in humid conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntigua Series Marigold Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep orange blossoms throughout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Antigua Series African Marigold Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAntigua Series marigold is a hardy full-sun performer and is most commonly sown directly after the frost. For earliest blooms, begin seeds 6-8 weeks indoors prior to the frost. Germinate them in a warm area fully exposed to light. Harden off the seedlings gradually before permanently transplanting them outdoors. After sowing and transplanting, the marigolds should be watered heavily. Antigua Series African marigold is native to Mexico and known to tolerate gardens prone to heat, drought, and clay soils. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid overhead watering as this can cause diseases and pests to affect your garden more easily. Avoid problems with proper irrigation. These gorgeous marigolds will bloom right up until the last frost. Deadheading them throughout the season can keep the plants looking clean and highly productive. Keep the area weed-free. At the end of the season, optionally leave the plants to decay in place as an easy alternative to mulch. Check your plants thoroughly for diseases before letting them stay all year!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Antigua Series Marigold in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigold seeds are a favorite for kids or novice gardeners because they are a low-maintenance grow that is tolerant to a variety of difficult garden conditions. Antigua Series African marigolds are ideal to have along walkways, fences, or trimming the back of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompanion Planting With Antigua Series African Marigolds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAntigua Series marigolds are the perfect, easy companion plant for myriad other species. Because marigolds are resistant to deer, pests, and diseases, they are perfect for interplanting and bordering your edible garden. The bright blooms seem to bring in pollinators while simultaneously repelling damaging moths and other undesirable insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Antigua Series Marigold Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigolds are one of the most popular edible flowers on the market. Not only are they gorgeous garnishes, but they are said to have health benefits like aiding skin conditions and varicose veins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e, more commonly known as Aztec Marigold, is one of the most awarded, recognized, and cultivated flowers in the entire world. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e is native to Mexico, (specifically its states of Mexico, Puebla, and Veracruz) despite having a variety of names including African Marigold or American Marigold. Marigold has been used for thousands of years by pre-Spanish civilizations in medicine, food, dyes, and ritual. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Antigua Series Marigolds have 3-inch wide fully double blooms that will keep popping up all season, especially if the old blooms are deadheaded quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright colors will happily draw bees and butterflies to your garden to encourage a pollen exchange.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigolds were discovered by English explorers in the 16th century and carried back to Europe. They quickly spread in popularity from England to northern Africa and eventually to the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry interplanting marigolds with alliums, coreopsis, and any flower that has similar climate requirements. Marigolds love heat, and sun, and have fairly low water requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"These African Marigolds are truly extraordinary. Their blooms are so full that they are almost complete spheres. The thick, ruffled petals are gorgeous and are sure to brighten any space.\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAntigua Series African Marigold Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seeds - Wholesale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seeds - Bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Antigua Series African Marigold seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Gold","offer_id":39372060622963,"sku":"51330","price":4.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Orange","offer_id":39372060852339,"sku":"51332","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Mix","offer_id":39372060819571,"sku":"51331","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Primrose","offer_id":39372060885107,"sku":"51333","price":4.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Yellow","offer_id":39372063277171,"sku":"51334","price":4.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":38401921544,"sku":"38535","price":8.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38401921608,"sku":"38541","price":8.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38401921672,"sku":"38537","price":6.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Primrose","offer_id":38401921736,"sku":"38543","price":9.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":38401921800,"sku":"38545","price":8.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":38401921864,"sku":"38536","price":49.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38401921928,"sku":"38542","price":52.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38401921992,"sku":"38538","price":41.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Primrose","offer_id":38401922056,"sku":"38544","price":54.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":38401922120,"sku":"38546","price":49.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/marigold-antigua-series-flower-seed-Comp.jpg?v=1762440146"},{"product_id":"marigold-discovery-series-flower-seed","title":"African Marigold Seeds - Discovery Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e77-84 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e. Discovery Series African Marigold Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid. Discovery Series African marigold seeds are an adorable, compact, and vibrant addition to grow in any home or garden. Discovery Series seeds grow hardy dwarfed bushy marigold mounds tidy enough for indoor gardening, yet robust enough to keep outside during the long summer months. Discovery Series marigold seeds promise dazzling lush bulbs atop robust stalks certain to excite any garden, fresh cut arrangement, or bouquet. Discovery Series marigolds are durable and easy to grow from seed, ideal for indoor containers and planters or for a charming border around your flower bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual; Zones 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77-84 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22-34 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding and bushy with semi-double pompom heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Average, fertile soil with suitable drainage. Tolerant of many soil types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not overwater; marigolds will perform poorly in oversaturated gardens which can lead to powdery mildew, root rot, leaf spots, and Botrytis. Marigold has no serious pests but monitor regularly for spider mites and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscovery Series Marigold Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Signature choice of Orange, Yellow, and Mixed blossoms atop vibrant greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Discovery Series African Marigold Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscovery Series marigold is a hardy, sunshine-loving performer and is most commonly sown directly after the frost. For earliest blooms, begin seeds indoors 1-2 months prior to the frost. Germinate them in a warm area fully exposed to bright light. Harden off the seedlings gradually before permanently transplanting them outdoors. After sowing and transplantation, the marigolds should be watered heavily. Discovery Series African marigolds are native to Mexico and known to tolerate gardens prone to heat, drought, and clay soils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid overhead watering as this can cause diseases and pests to affect your garden more easily. Avoid problems by irrigating properly and avoiding water on the foliage. These gorgeous marigolds will bloom right up until the last frost. Deadheading them throughout the season can keep the plants clean and productive. At the end of the season, there is the option to leave the plants to decay in place as an easy alternative to mulch for next year’s soil enrichment. Check your plants thoroughly for diseases before letting them stay!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDiscovery Series Marigold in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigold seeds are a favorite for kids or novice gardeners because they are a low-maintenance crop that tolerates a variety of difficult garden conditions. Discovery Series African marigolds are ideal to have along walkways, borders, or trimming the back of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompanion Planting With Discovery Series African Marigolds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscovery Series marigolds are the ideal, easy companion plant for many other species. Because marigolds are resistant to deer as well as most pests and diseases, they are perfect for interplanting and bordering your edible or ornamental garden. The plants will bring in pollinators while simultaneously repelling nematodes, moths, and other damaging insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Discovery Series Marigold Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigolds are one of the most popular edible flowers on the market. Not only can they garnish food, but they are said to have health benefits as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e, also known as Aztec, American, or Big Marigold, is one of the most awarded, recognized, and cultivated flowers in the entire world. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e is native to Mexico, (specifically the states of Puebla and Veracruz) despite having a variety of names including African or American Marigold. Marigold has been used for thousands of years by pre-Spanish civilizations in medicine, food, dyes, and rituals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscovery Series Marigolds have 2-3 inch wide semi-double blooms that will keep popping up all season, especially if the old blooms are deadheaded quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiscovery Series marigolds are easy to grow from seed and are known to thrive in a wide range of hot and thirsty gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry interplanting marigolds with wildflowers, daisies, and any flower that has similar climate requirements. Marigolds love heat, and sun, and have fairly low water needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"Marigolds can be used for DIY at-home food dyes. Dried marigold flakes have spicy or citrusy flavors that are very fun to play with in the kitchen.\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDiscovery Series African Marigold Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seeds - Wholesale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seeds - Bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Discovery Series African Marigold seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Mix","offer_id":39372064948339,"sku":"51338","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Orange","offer_id":39372065144947,"sku":"51339","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Yellow (coated)","offer_id":39372064915571,"sku":"51337","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38404451400,"sku":"38555","price":8.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38404451464,"sku":"38557","price":8.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Yellow (coated)","offer_id":38404451528,"sku":"38553","price":8.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38404451592,"sku":"38556","price":45.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38404451656,"sku":"38558","price":45.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Yellow (coated)","offer_id":38404451720,"sku":"38554","price":45.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/marigold-discovery-series-flower-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440146"},{"product_id":"marigold-inca-ii-series-flower-seed","title":"African Marigold Seeds - Inca II Series","description":"\u003cp\u003e77-84 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e. Inca II Series African Marigold Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid. Inca II Series African marigold seeds invite timeless AAS award-winning color for your home, patio, or garden this summer. Inca II Series seeds mature into bushy mounds bursting with the largest marigold heads available; perfect for showing off in the flower bed, walkway, or porch. Inca II Series seeds promise the summer's most recognizable blooms and are a floral shop favorite for exciting seasonal baskets, bouquets, and centerpieces with big seasonal colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u0026lt;\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Annual; Zones 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 77-84 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mounding and bushy with dense pompom heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Average, fertile soil with good drainage. Tolerant of many soil types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65-80 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do not overwater since marigolds will perform poorly in oversaturated gardens which can lead to powdery mildew, root rot, leaf spots, and Botrytis. Marigold has no serious pests but monitor regularly for spider mites and thrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInca II Series Marigold Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Signature choice of Gold, Orange, Yellow, Primrose, and Mixed blossoms atop vibrant greens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy\/Hard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Direct Sow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 6-8 weeks before transplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Non-GMO Inca II Series African Marigold Flower Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInca II Series marigold is a hardy full-sun performer and is most commonly sown directly after the frost. For earliest blooms, begin seeds indoors 1-2 months prior to the frost. Germinate them in a warm area fully exposed to bright light. Harden off the seedlings gradually before permanently transplanting them outdoors. After sowing and transplanting, the marigolds should be watered heavily. Inca II Series African marigolds are native to Mexico and known to tolerate gardens prone to heat, drought, and clay soils. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid overhead watering as this can cause diseases and pests to affect your garden more easily. Avoid problems with proper irrigation. These gorgeous marigolds will bloom right up until the last frost. Deadheading them throughout the season can keep the plants looking clean and highly productive. At the end of the season, optionally leave the plants to decay in place as an easy alternative to mulch for next year’s soil enrichment. Check your plants thoroughly for diseases before letting them stay!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e Inca II Series Marigold in the Flower Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigold seeds are a favorite for kids or novice gardeners because they are a low-maintenance crop that are tolerant to a variety of difficult garden conditions. Inca II Series African marigolds are ideal to have along walkways, fences, or trimming the back of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompanion Planting With Inca II Series African Marigolds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInca II Series marigolds are the perfect, easy companion plant for manifold other species. Because marigolds are resistant to deer, pests, and diseases, they are perfect for interplanting and bordering your edible garden. The bright blooms seem to bring in pollinators while simultaneously repelling damaging nematodes, moths, and other undesired insects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Inca II Series Marigold Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarigolds are one of the most popular edible flowers on the market. Not can they garnish food, but they are said to have health benefits as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e, also known as Aztec, American, or Big Marigold, is one of the most awarded, recognized, and cultivated flowers in the entire world. \u003cem\u003eTagetes erecta\u003c\/em\u003e is native to Mexico, (specifically the states of Puebla, and Veracruz) despite having a variety of names including African Marigold or American Marigold. Marigold has been used for thousands of years by pre-Spanish civilizations in medicine, food, dyes, and rituals. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Inca II Series Marigolds have 4-5 inch wide fully double blooms that will keep popping up all season, especially if the old blooms are deadheaded quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Inca II Series marigolds are easy to grow from seed and are an All-American Selections Flower Winner for their unusually large and early-blooming heads that are known to thrive in a wide range of hot and thirsty gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTry interplanting marigolds with alliums, coreopsis, and any flower that has similar climate requirements. Marigolds love heat, and sun, and have fairly low water needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\"Marigolds can be used as fun at-home food dyes. Dried marigold flakes have spicy or citrusy flavors that are very interesting to play with in the kitchen.\"\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eInca II Series African Marigold Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seeds - Wholesale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seeds - Bulk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Inca II Series African Marigold seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Gold","offer_id":39372069994611,"sku":"51340","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Orange","offer_id":39372071272563,"sku":"51342","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Yellow","offer_id":39372071829619,"sku":"51344","price":7.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Mix","offer_id":39372071010419,"sku":"51341","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 Seed Packet \/ Primrose","offer_id":39372071469171,"sku":"51343","price":4.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":38493222472,"sku":"38559","price":8.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38493222600,"sku":"38563","price":9.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":38493222728,"sku":"38566","price":9.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38493222920,"sku":"38561","price":9.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds \/ Primrose","offer_id":38493223048,"sku":"38564","price":8.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Gold","offer_id":38493223176,"sku":"38560","price":52.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Orange","offer_id":38493223304,"sku":"38122","price":54.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Yellow","offer_id":38493223432,"sku":"38123","price":54.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Mix","offer_id":38493223560,"sku":"38562","price":54.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds \/ Primrose","offer_id":38493223688,"sku":"38565","price":42.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/marigold-inca-ii-series-flower-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440161"},{"product_id":"triticale-grain-seed-organic","title":"Triticale (Organic) - Sprouting Seeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e1-2 Days to Harvest. \u003cem\u003ex Triticosecale\u003c\/em\u003e. Organic Triticale Sprouting Seeds. Organic. Non-GMO. Sprouting. High Germination. Triticale is hardy, easy to sprout and grow, and is very nutritious. It has a sweet, fresh flavor and aroma. This interesting new grain which was developed by crossing rye and wheat makes a perfect addition to the home sprouter’s repertoire. The quick germination time and high nutrient content give it the best of both worlds! Wholesale seeds and bulk sizes are available. Triticale grain is microbial tested and closely monitored to prevent the possibility of infectious or transmittable diseases to receptacles, such as trays, jars, or sacks. About 800 seeds \/ oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"profile-links\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/products\/triticale-organic-seeds\"\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/tlm-cover-crops.png?14530522485173923752\"\u003e\u003cu\u003eCover Crop\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/sprouting-starter-guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownloadable Free Sprout Growing Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003ex Triticosecale\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Name(s):\u003c\/strong\u003eN\/A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003eEasy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprouting Method:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tray (Dry Sprouting)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Seeding Rate:\u003c\/strong\u003e5-6 Tbsp, 1\/3rd cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYield Ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 part seed produces 1.5 part sprouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInitial Soak:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-8 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRinse Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-3x per day \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-2 Days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalories:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 160 calories per ¼ cup serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNutrients:\u003c\/strong\u003eA well-rounded presence of minerals, proteins, vitamins, fats, and amino acids with a particularly high lysine content.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Triticale Sprout Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweeter than wheat sprouts, similar to wheat grass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Triticale Sprout Texture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tender and chewy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrganic Triticale Sprout Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tan and white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Organic Triticale Sprout Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTriticale only requires a 6-8 hour pre soak and without a period of darkness because sprouts are best harvested and enjoyed before chlorophyll has developed. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing either a seed sprouting jar, sprouting tray, or hemp sprout bag, add about 5-6 tbsp organic Triticale sprout seeds to a container and soak for 6-8 hours. Add soaked seeds to your container of choice. \u003c\/p\u003e\n \n\u003cp\u003eJar or bag: Add to a sprouting jar or bag and rinse 2-3x per day.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTray: Spread onto a thin layer in a sprouting tray. Rinse or add water 2x per day, or follow sprouting tray instructions. \u003c\/p\u003e\n \n\u003cp\u003eHarvest in 2-3 days or as desired. They can be ready for soups or additional cooking in less than 2 days. Grain sprouts are best used just as the root is starting. Half an inch or less is good. This is before any significant shoot development or chlorophyll (green color) is present. Alternatively, grow as a microgreen to the  “grass” stage for juicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits of  Organic Triticale Sprouts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTriticale sprouts contain a well-rounded presence of minerals, proteins, vitamins, fats, and amino acids with a particularly high lysine content. They also contain fiber, potassium, iron, calcium, phosphorus, zine, a B-vitamin complex, and vitamins E and K. All of these nutrients are essential to our bodies’ functioning and processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCulinary Tips\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTriticale sprouts are most popularly used in salads and sandwiches. Their texture and sweet taste make them very desirable for a variety of foods. Try garnishing soups with these delightful sprouts for a unique flavor and texture that is sure to please. Having them on hand to throw into a wrap or soup is a great way to boost the nutritional content of any meal. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTriticale is a hybrid of Wheat (\u003cem\u003eTriticum\u003c\/em\u003e) and Rye (\u003cem\u003eSecale\u003c\/em\u003e). Triticale seeds were developed as a hybrid less than a hundred years ago, bred in an effort to solve world hunger. Triticale is a little sweeter than wheat and can be sprouted, ground into triticale flour, or grown into triticale grass for juicing. Makes a great grain to store as emergency food storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Triticale seems to have the best of both worlds of wheat and rye! Their quick sprouting time and high nutrient content make them perfect for first-timers and those with little time to devote but want to experience the benefits of sprouting.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/rC21gWOeiZE\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Sprouting Resources:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-use-microgreens-and-sprouts\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use Micro and Sprouts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/sprouts-vs-microgreen-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSprouts vs Microgreen Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/does-true-leaf-market-test-their-seeds\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes True Leaf Market Test Their Seeds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/why-are-sprouts-and-microReds-healthy\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy are Sprouts and MicroReds Healthy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor more on sprouting, check out our \u003ca href=\"\/top-10-reasons-to-sprout\" page=\"\"\u003eSeed Sprouting FAQ\u003c\/a\u003e, from customers just like you!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e25 g - Approximately 700 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e16 oz - Approximately 12,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 lb - Approximately 25,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4.5 lb - Approximately 57,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e30 lb - Approximately 384,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Organic Triticale sprouting seeds are available for \u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Handy Pantry","offers":[{"title":"25 g Packet","offer_id":31982354432115,"sku":"48925","price":3.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 oz Bag","offer_id":38818389640,"sku":"16845","price":8.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5 lb Bag","offer_id":38818389704,"sku":"16863","price":12.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5 lb Can","offer_id":38818389768,"sku":"16896","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30 lb Bucket","offer_id":38818389832,"sku":"16878","price":66.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/triticale-grain-seed-organic-comp.jpg?v=1759441115"},{"product_id":"watermelon-shiny-boy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Treated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Suitable for growing in garden plots. 2010 Vegetable AAS Winner. Known to grow in the garden as a generous crop that keeps on giving. This Shiny Boy type has non-GMO seeds and produces a high yield of marble-shaped melons with a green-striped polished rind and bright-red fruit. ~607 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. This variety grows up to 20 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 120 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, sandy, and well-draining with a pH level of 5.8-7.0.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to Cucumber beetles, squash bugs and bacterial fruit blotch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Green Striped Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreated Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tropical, fresh, with fruity notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon Treated Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs larger melons prefer higher temperatures, it's essential to start Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons indoors in cooler or northern climates. Transplant seedlings after these non-GMO seeds have grown indoors, in a warm location 4-6 weeks before your region's final frost. Sow Shiny Boy seeds in either pea pots or any biodegradable seed starting container of your choice. Plant seeds ½-1\" deep, with 2-3 in each cell. If you live in a warmer climate or southern region, Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelon seeds can be sown directly for longer growing seasons as early as May. Before planting, it's a general tip to mend and pre-garden your soil by digging a mini reservoir and preparing a fertile mound. First, shovel a hole at least 1\" deep and 3\" wide, then mix in compost and place 6\" of enriched soil on top of the mound. This will develop a rich bed to nurture your watermelon crop. Plant seeds 1\" deep in raised hills with 6-8\" spaced in between rows. it's recommended to space up to 12\" if needed, especially for the large seed varieties. After the young plants have at least one set of true leaves, thin down to the 2 strongest plants for each hill. Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons prefer a nitrogen-generous fertilizer and grow best with row covers or mulch. Don't overwater watermelon plants, especially during their final fruit-ripening phase, but give at least 1\" per week in their early development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"thumping\" method doesn't ring true with every watermelon variety. In fact, the ideal method to see if it's time to harvest melons, has more to do with color and the feel of fruits\" exterior. Check for harvesting Shiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon seeds by seeing if the stem and tendril of the primary vine has dried out. Then, touch the rind of the watermelon to see if there is any push back while pressing with your thumb. around 85 days from the sowing date. You can also begin harvesting your generous crop of Shiny Boy Hybrid Watermelons around 80 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShiny Boy Hybrid (treated) Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 660 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 2640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 10,560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 52,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 264,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kitazawa Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":44312109449331,"sku":"18706","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921734664,"sku":"11719","price":19.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921734728,"sku":"11641","price":145.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/products\/1673903660_CopyofKItazawa-WM-Green_600x600px_16.jpg?v=1762440346"},{"product_id":"watermelon-sangria-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Picnic - Sangria Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e87 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e. Sangria Hybrid Watermelon Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat tolerant, seeded, picnic watermelon. Suitable for growing in garden plots. Resistant to Anthracnose (1), Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2). Gardeners grow the “Gold Standard” to have ready before Labor Day. This warm-season oval melon can grow just over 20 lbs and is sturdier than other large varieties. As the leader of watermelon hybrids, their Non-GMO seeds develop into fruit sweeter than the Crimson Watermelon. Eat fresh off the plate or made it into a summer wine from a sangria watermelon recipe. ~400 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCitrullus lanatus\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 87\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWatermelon Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Picnic - Classic watermelons ranging from 16 to 45 lbs. This variety averages just over 20 lbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeded or Seedless:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seeded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe melons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, and well-draining with a pH of 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Anthracnose (1), Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2). Susceptible to Snails, cucumber beetles, and powdery mildew.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Flesh, Light-yellow\/emerald-green striped Green Skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Refreshing, sugary-sweet with hints of cucumber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sangria F1 Hybrid Watermelon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn order to grow a more successful hybrid watermelon crop, it's recommended to start your seeds indoors. Sow Sangria Hybrid Watermelons seeds 3-4 weeks after your region's final frost ½\" deep in peat pots. Plant 2 seeds per cell in fertile soil and add compost that's kept warm from 70-85°. Germination will take 3-10 days. Transplant carefully once the watermelon seedlings have grown two sets of true leaves. If you live in a warmer climate, sow Sangria Hybrid seeds as a late summer crop, as long as the threat of frost has passed in your region. Plant seeds 1\" deep, 4-5\" apart and with 6\" in between rows. it's advised to either sow Sangria F1 Hybrid Watermelon seeds in raised hills with row covers. Be sure to keep melons off the wet ground as they mature by placing either paper mulch or a board underneath. Water young watermelon plants regularly. Once the melons have grown to their size, don't water as they fully ripen. The non-GMO Sangria Hybrid Watermelon variety will produce abundant high yields and craves full sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways look for the 3 signs of ripeness for watermelons which are: color, texture, and their hollow sound. Harvest Sangria Hybrid Watermelons once the main vine near the stem has dried out, the bottom of the fruit has turned a yellow hue and the exterior rind can be slightly squeezed and isn't so tough. You can also harvest your Sangria Hybrid crop at least 85 days from the sowing date. This popular visual method helps all kinds of watermelon growers and are easy to search for. Uncut watermelons can be stored in a cool location for up to 3 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSangria Hybrid Watermelon seed varieties were developed in 1985 and are known to be a durable and disease-resistant crop for gardeners today.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32171101749363,"sku":"49830","price":5.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921740360,"sku":"35092","price":29.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921740424,"sku":"35093","price":214.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Watermelon-Seeds-Picnic-Sangria-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440348"},{"product_id":"watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seeds","title":"Watermelon Seeds - Mini - Sweet Beauty Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75-80 days. Citrullus lanatus. Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds are tender annuals with active vines that spread 10 feet long and can grow 3 feet tall! This hybrid variety falls into the mini size category and is considered a watermelon suitable for serving one to two people. Sweet Beauty Hybrid seeds grow to be only 7 lbs and develop a crispy and almost honey-sweet flavor. This late summer variety has non-GMO seeds and matures faster than other watermelons. These hybrid seeds grow into an oblong shape with a forest-green exterior. In general, the sweet ruby-red fruit of watermelon helps boost heart health and hydration. Summer annuals such as Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons can be ready to serve in 77 days from the sowing date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Citrullus lanatus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Non-GMO Sweet Beauty Hybrid\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75-80 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zones:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e ½-1 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spreading-vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fertile, loamy, well-drained with soil pH 6.0-7.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm to hot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melon aphids and powdery mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Forest-green striped exterior with ruby-red fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crispy, honey-sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSowing \u0026amp; Growing:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSow Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds in quart pots indoors 3 weeks before your region's final frost. Transplant young plants outdoors 2-3 weeks after sowing or once your soil has reached at least 70° and night temperatures don't drop below 50°. Hybrid watermelons are best suited for loamy soil that is fertile, mildly acidic, and well-drained with a pH level of 6.0-7.0. For direct-sowing, plant Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon seeds ½-1\" deep, 6\" apart and with 6\" spaced in between raised rows. Germination will take 3-10 days. Place in a sunny location and give these fast-maturing watermelons 1-2\" of water each week until you see the fruits begin to grow and reach their final development, then lessen the amount in order to boost the sweetness of these plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHarvest Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelons around 77 days from the sowing date or once the mature fruit fits any of the following criteria: light-yellow at the base or bottom of the watermelon, the main vine and stem has completely dried out and changed from green to brown, or the exterior rind of the melon can be slightly pressed in by your thumb. The rind will be somewhere in the middle of soft to the touch and tough. With a gardening knife, cut the watermelons from their stem. Be sure to keep a close eye near the end of their growing phase, as you want to harvest your watermelon crop before they become overripe and crack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatermelon seems to always satisfy our sweet-tooth cravings, but did you know that you can also enjoy this summer hybrid fruit as a more savory dish, too? Try Sweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon cucumber salad with crumbled feta cheese, balsamic vinegar, and some olive oil to eat as a refreshing meal!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSweet Beauty Hybrid Watermelon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 790 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 3,160 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 12,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lbs - Approximately 62,300 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lbs - Approximately 996,800 seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32171117576307,"sku":"49831","price":7.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921741128,"sku":"35107","price":37.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Seeds","offer_id":38921741192,"sku":"16112","price":174.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/watermelon-sweet-beauty-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_ac7dd5c5-200d-4a50-ada7-0df2e1efb79f.jpg?v=1764634167"},{"product_id":"melon-cantaloupe-ambrosia-hybrid-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Cantaloupe - Ambrosia Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant Cantaloupe Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Downy Mildew and Powdery Mildew. The Ambrosia cantaloupe is a large melon with a deliciously sweet flavor. The cine produces melons that have thick, peach-colored flesh with a surprisingly small seed cavity. The six-inch melons will grow best in full sun with rich, sandy soil. Ambrosia hybrid melons were bred in the U.S. as an improvement upon traditional cantaloupes, developed for better flavor and disease resistance. Ambrosia is specifically recommended by Utah State University and is favored by gardeners in that community.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantaloupe - Cantaloupe is a muskmelon with a scaly or 'netted' outer rind, and sweet flesh that is most commonly orange, but can also be yellow or green. The flavor can only be described as 'cantaloupe', while the odor is slightly musky. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sprawling Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-95 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eResistant to Downy Mildew and Powdery Mildew.  Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown husk and orange flesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, juicy, and aromatic. The taste is rich with honey-like sweetness and a slightly floral undertone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, salads (fruit or green), smoothies, slicing, smoothies, desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia hybrid cantaloupe seeds should be sown 0.5 to 1 inch deep into the soil. If you’re planting outdoors (direct sowing), wait until the soil temperature reaches at least 70 F. This ensures proper germination, as cantaloupes thrive in warm conditions. For regions with short growing seasons, you can start the seeds indoors about 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost and transplant them once the soil warms up. Before planting, amend the soil with well-rotted compost or organic matter. Once planted, space the seeds or transplants 24 inches apart and space rows 5-6 feet apart. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWatering is crucial, especially during flowering and fruit set. Keep the soil consistently moist, but avoid waterlogging, which can cause root rot. As the fruit nears maturity, reduce watering slightly to prevent the melons from becoming waterlogged or losing their sweetness. During the growing season, apply a balanced fertilizer (like 10-10-10) once plants begin vining and again when fruits develop. Avoid high-nitrogen fertilizers. You can pinch off the growing tips of the vines after a few fruits have set to concentrate energy. This variety is not typically recommended for trellising because of the large fruit size, but it is possible with the right preparations. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia melons are ready for harvest when the fruit reaches full size, the skin beneath the netting turns slightly yellowish, and the stem begins to naturally detach from the melon with a slight tug. You should be able to smell the melon’s sweet fragrance at the blossom end. Gently tug on the fruit. If it’s ripe, it will detach easily from the vine. If you encounter resistance, leave it to ripen a bit longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This variety was created for growers looking for a consistently high-quality, sweet melon that could be easily cultivated in home gardens or small farms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia is often described as one of the most flavorful cantaloupe varieties, with its rich, honey-like sweetness and distinctive aroma. The texture is smooth and buttery, which sets it apart from other melons that may be more fibrous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia is one of the top picks of all the cantaloupes for prosciutto-wrapped melon, a common appetizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantaloupe is considered a high-yielder because it produces multiple large melons per vine! Perfect for a market grower, a large family, or those hoping to share their produce with friends and family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"You can create a variation of the three sister farming methods with cantaloupe! Plant a melon, corn, and bean variety together for a symbiotic relationship. Traditionally, squash is planted, but squash and melon are in the same family and offer similar things to the relationship.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Ambrosia Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"25 Seeds","offer_id":32137523363955,"sku":"49768","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":38921752136,"sku":"32604","price":21.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":38921752200,"sku":"32605","price":146.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-cantaloupe-ambrosia-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441134"},{"product_id":"beet-red-ace-hybrid","title":"Beet Seeds - Red Ace Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. The Red Ace beet is a variety that is highly adaptable and that can grow in cooler temperatures. The Red Ace matures a week before many other beets, and produces small, tender globes. The beet is mild and sweet in flavor. This variety is more resistant to drought and can prosper in colder conditions that others struggle in. Ready to harvest a week earlier than others. Sweet, juicy, uniform sizes are drought tolerant. More red pigment than other varieties. Ideal for slicing, pickling or freezing. Tops make delicious, tender greens. Yields heavily in climates that other varieties find stressful.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis seed may only be shipped to the US and Canada.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Red Ace Hyrbid Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Beta vulgaris\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light, moist soil, 6.5 to 7 ph. Can do well in poor soils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to fungal leaf spots, powdery mildew, aphids and caterpillars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003eRed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g Packet - Approximately 125 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 1,250 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 5,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 20,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 100,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 500,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Ace beets do well with a light, moist soil, ideally with a PH level of 6.5 to 7. Sow the seeds half an inch deep, with three inches between plants and twelve to eighteen inches between rows. These seeds will need plenty of moisture while germinating, so keep the soil moist for the first twenty one days. These beets can thrive in conditions with full sun or partial shade. After fifty days, the beets should be ready for harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Ace Hybrid Beets can tolerate more chilly climates and will mature sooner than other types of beets. Beet greens are glossy, bright green with red veins along a deep red stalk. Benefits from full sun exposure. Eat beet tops before any sign of wilting for maximum flavor. Vinegar pairs well with beets. Walnut oil pairs very well with warm beets. To minimize the beet color from excessive bleeding leave the stem plug in place and skin on while cooking. Approx. 1,380 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"3 g Packet","offer_id":31789880639603,"sku":"48456","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":38925084744,"sku":"30808","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":38925084808,"sku":"30807","price":43.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38925084936,"sku":"30806","price":132.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38925085000,"sku":"16672","price":518.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39344749150323,"sku":"50775","price":1908.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/beet-red-ace-hybrid.comp.jpg?v=1759441136"},{"product_id":"corn-se-ambrosia-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Ambrosia Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Ambrosia Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart's Wilt. Ambrosia Hybrid is sweet corn with specks of bright yellow and dark yellow kernels. Stalk grow tall, nearly up to seven feet, producing large ears that have 16 rows of tender, crunchy kernels. The Ambrosia Hybrid variety of corn seeds is great variety for beginners, and produces a high yield. The stalks can grow up to seven feet tall, and produce large ears with light and dark yellow kernels ~125 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, loamy, Organic, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart's Wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345567072371,"sku":"50834","price":14.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38926609096,"sku":"30920","price":41.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38926609160,"sku":"30921","price":151.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38926609224,"sku":"30923","price":595.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Ambrosia-Hybrid-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440388"},{"product_id":"corn-se-ambrosia-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Ambrosia Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Ambrosia Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart's Wilt. \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid is sweet corn with specks of bright yellow and dark yellow kernels. Stalk grow tall, nearly up to seven feet, producing large ears that have 16 rows of tender, crunchy kernels. The Ambrosia Hybrid variety of corn seeds is great variety for beginners, and produces a high yield. The stalks can grow up to seven feet tall, and produce large ears with light and dark yellow kernels\u003c\/span\u003e ~125 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loose, loamy, Organic, well-drained\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart's Wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Ambrosia Hybrid (se) Corn from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is a hardy full sun grass performing best when sown directly outdoors after the final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1-2\" deep and 3-4\" apart in loose, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-6.2. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning out best starts to every 12\" once true leaves establish. Avoid overhead watering by watering soil directly. To prevent cross-pollination from altering a corn crop, keep like varieties with like varieties (SU with SU, SE with SE, SH2 with SH2, and ORNAMENTAL with ORNAMENTAL). Check individual seed packet to know whether a variety is Sugary (SU), Sugary Enhanced (SE), Supersweet (SH2), or Ornamental.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Harvest Ambrosia Hybrid Corn\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost varieties of corn are ready to harvest about 75 days from sowing. Unlike other garden favorites, corn only fruits once. Ears are ripe once they turn dark green, silks become brown, and kernels are plump. Test ripeness by squeezing kernels for a milk-like juice. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAbout Ambrosia Hybrid (se) Corn Seeds\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbrosia \"food of the gods\" is a bi-colored hybrid that does well in the sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires plenty of nitrogen, best if planted after a winter cover crop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanted in the spring, matures in 75 days and best if planted after the last frost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" diameter with 16 rows of sweet kernels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis sweet, extra sugar enhanced corn will have your mouth watering for more!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbrosia Hybrid is a Sugary Enhanced (se) variety of corn that perfectly melds both white and yellow kernels together into one delicious bite. Ambrosia Hybrid is a first generation hybrid grown to feature both yellow and white kernels with plenty of sweetness, ideal for grilling, canning, or freezing. Matures in about 79-84 days as 7-8 foot tall stalks and produces 7-8\" ears with 12-14 rows per ear. Be sure to only plant Ambrosia Hybrid nearby other (su) varieties of corn to keep the varieties from cross-pollinating and spoiling each others' flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSugary Enhanced Sweet Corn (se)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-18% sugar content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium productivity and harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest if enjoyed within 3-5 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost commercial and store-bought ears of corn are likely a type of sugary enhanced (se) because they boast a higher 16-18% sugar content which is directly responsible for their longer shelf life. While sugary enhanced (se) types still convert their sugars to bitter starch, the process takes several days longer than normal sugary (su) varieties simply because there is more sugar to convert. Sugary enhanced (se) corn is the resulting hybrid from preferred (su) and (se) types and sometimes is designated with a (se+) if both parents are sugary enhanced. Like most varieties of corn, sugary enhanced (se) generally is ready to harvest in about 90 days and can be started as late as 90 days from the first frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 g - Approximately 50 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Lb - Approximately 12,000 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25 Lb - Approximately 60,000 seeds\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":38926618120,"sku":"18591","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":38926618184,"sku":"18875","price":4.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345559928947,"sku":"50833","price":15.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":38926617864,"sku":"30924","price":44.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":38926617928,"sku":"30925","price":166.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":38926617992,"sku":"30927","price":653.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-_se_-Ambrosia-Hybrid_0a6f68e8-ec30-42d0-987d-e143e30c77a2.jpg?v=1762440388"},{"product_id":"corn-se-bodacious-hybrid-r-m-treated-seed","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Bodacious Hybrid R\/M (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Bodacious Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Discover the super sweet flavor of Bodacious Hybrid Corn. Produces huge yields of long 8-inch ears with a 2-inch diameter. Up to 18 rows of bright yellow kernals. The Bodacious Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be seven foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, growing up to eight inches. The Bodacious Hybrid is mature after eighty to ninety days, making this one of the latest varieties of corn seed. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-se-bodacious-r-m-hybrid-vegetable-seed\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds\u003c\/a\u003e ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\" data-mce-href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e list preferences here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant toCommon Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBodacious Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBodacious Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBodacious Hybrid adapts well to northern climates. Matures early. Once silks appear, wait three weeks and then harvest! A period of seven days after maturity is the best time to harvest. Perfect for all culinary applications, including roasting, steaming, boiling, grilling, etc. Retains its sweetness for up to a week and a half after the ears have been picked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345725571187,"sku":"50893","price":12.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005071560,"sku":"30961","price":37.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005071624,"sku":"30962","price":132.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005071752,"sku":"30964","price":506.26,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-se-bodacious-hybrid-r-m-treated-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440391"},{"product_id":"corn-se-bodacious-r-m-hybrid-vegetable-seed","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Bodacious R\/M Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Bodacious R\/M Hybrid  Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, and Stewart’s Wilt. Discover the super sweet flavor of Bodacious Hybrid Corn. Produces huge yields of long 8-inch ears with a 2-inch diameter. Up to 18 rows of bright yellow kernels. The Bodacious Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be seven foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, growing up to eight inches. The Bodacious Hybrid matures in 80 to 90 days, making it one of the latest-maturing corn varieties. Packet sizes available for untreated seeds ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early, before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e list preferences here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant toCommon Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBodacious Hybrid R\/M Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBodacious Hybrid R\/M Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so it can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 54 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Bodacious RM Hybrid from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is a hardy full sun grass performing best when sown directly outdoors after the final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1-2\" deep and 3-4\" apart in loose, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-6.2. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning out best starts to every 12\" once true leaves establish. Avoid overhead watering by watering soil directly. To prevent cross-pollination from altering a corn crop, keep like varieties with like varieties (SU with SU, SE with SE, SH2 with SH2, and ORNAMENTAL with ORNAMENTAL). Check individual seed packet to know whether a variety is Sugary (SU), Sugary Enhanced (SE), Supersweet (SH2), or Ornamental.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31896982126707,"sku":"48563","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345573560435,"sku":"50835","price":16.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005074056,"sku":"30965","price":46.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005074120,"sku":"30966","price":173.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005074184,"sku":"30968","price":682.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Bodacious-Hybrid-RM-Comp.jpg?v=1762440393"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-cheddar-hybrid","title":"Cauliflower Seeds - Cheddar Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-75 days. This beautiful orange cauliflower boasts uniform, smooth, firm heads. Leave heads untied for maximum color intensity. Roasting enhances the flavor of cheddar cauliflower. In warm growing areas, plant in late summer for fall harvest.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Cauliflower Cheddar Hybrid Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica Oleracea\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orange Cauliflower; Yellow Cauliflower, Orange Bouquet Cauliflower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 - 65 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2\" inch deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15\" - 18\" apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2 ½\" tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, rich, evenly moist; pH between 6.5 and 6.8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler - Not Intended To Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aphids, cutworm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vivid orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, nutty, crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart seed indoors 3\" - 6\" apart then relocate to garden as soon as seedlings appear, within 4 to 5 weeks. When planted in September it can be harvested within 30 days. Mulching will help to maintain temperature coolness and soil moisture balance. Older heads of cauliflower are noticed for their wilted leaves. Full Sun will produce color that is uniform and florets that are blemish and spot free. Heads should be kept untied during growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCauliflower Cheddar does not contain cheddar cheese but is named for its enticing color. It contains 25% more Vitamin A than its white counterpart, and a wealth of beta carotene; also Vitamin C, selenium, and potassium. It retains its color even after it's been cooked. This vegetable will light up party trays, salads, soups, casseroles, and other delightful dishes. Stems and leaves are edible. It imparts satisfying savor to any dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp style=\"line-height: 1.38; margin-top: 0pt; margin-bottom: 0pt;\" dir=\"ltr\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32139731468403,"sku":"49774","price":5.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39005103176,"sku":"31018","price":21.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cauliflower-cheddar-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440397"},{"product_id":"cucumber-diva-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Diva Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e58 days. The Diva Hybrid cucumber is an early variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Diva Hybrid is dark and semi glossy, and grows to be between six and eight inches long. Since this variety is mature in just fifty eight days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner for 2002. An all-female, gynoecious parthenocarpic cucumber, the fruits produced from Burpless Diva are dark green, semi-glossy, spineless, and 6 to 8 inches long All female plants have high yield potentials. Tolerance to multiple common cucumber diseases. Approx. 1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Diva Hybrid Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDiva Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Diva Hybrid cucumbers at the stem. Mild sweet flavor, crisp texture, and tender skin make this an excellent eating and slicing cucumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDiva Hybrid Cucumber Seeds Per Package\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 mg - Wholesale - Approximately 12 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2.5 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 g - Wholesale - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":43790226620531,"sku":"81535","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":43790226817139,"sku":"81536","price":9.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":43790226849907,"sku":"81537","price":33.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-diva-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440402"},{"product_id":"corn-su-early-sunglow-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet -  (su) Early Sunglow Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e62 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Early Sunglow Hybrid (treated) Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. The Early Sunglow Hybrid variety of corn seeds was developed to be earlier than other types of corn, and became well known for its vibrant, golden color. The stalks grow to be just four feet tall, making this a shorter variety than others. The Early Sunglow Hybrid provides six to seven inch ears. This strain of corn may take up to 71 days. Recommended by USU. Excellent flavor for an early variety. Noted for its cold weather performance.  ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-60 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Early - Ready for harvest around 60 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Sunglow Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Sunglow Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Treated Early Sunglow Corn Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week. Short 4 foot stalks bear ears that are 7 ½ inch long with 12 to 14 rows of yellow kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345696505971,"sku":"50888","price":12.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005134792,"sku":"31085","price":36.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005134920,"sku":"31086","price":132.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005135048,"sku":"31088","price":519.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-early-sunglow-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_c4ef36dc-760e-4035-bde3-6c4d23c6bb53.jpg?v=1764634072"},{"product_id":"corn-su-early-sunglow-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - (su) Early Sunglow Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e62 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Early Sunglow Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. The Early Sunglow Hybrid variety of corn seeds was developed to be earlier than other types of corn, and became well known for its vibrant, golden color. The stalks grow to be just four feet tall, making this a shorter variety than others. The Early Sunglow Hybrid provides six to seven inch ears. This strain of corn may take up to 71 days. Recommended by USU. Excellent flavor for an early variety. Noted for its cold weather performance. ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-60 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Very Early - Ready for harvest around 60 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Sunglow Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarly Sunglow Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Early Sunglow Corn Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week. Short 4 foot stalks bear ears that are 7 ½ inch long with 12 to 14 rows of yellow kernels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 150 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39005144136,"sku":"18877","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz Pkg (5x7)","offer_id":39005144072,"sku":"18551","price":8.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345691951219,"sku":"50887","price":17.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005143816,"sku":"31089","price":47.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005143880,"sku":"31090","price":173.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005143944,"sku":"31092","price":685.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-su-Early-Sunglow-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440404"},{"product_id":"cauliflower-graffiti-hybrid","title":"Cauliflower Seeds - Graffiti Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003ePackage of 100 seeds. 80 to 90 days. A rare and stunning hybrid cauliflower, ideal for fresh market where the intense purple color is sure to garner attention. Upright, vigorous plants have good head protection. Tender texture and mild cauliflower flavor, eaten raw or cooked. Approx. 7,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Cauliflower Graffiti Hybrid Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brassica Oleracea var. Botrytis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple of Sicily, Violet of Sicily, Violet Queen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 - 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2\" inch deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18\" apart-30 36\" between rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 2 ½\" tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-drained, consistently moist, enriched soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler - Not Intended To Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resists Downey mildew\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Showy Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, tender, crisp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTop-quality, bountiful Graffiti cauliflower will display its most attractive features-- a contrast of purple heads and green leaves, when planted in the cooler temperatures of late spring and early fall. It should be 6 - 8 inches in diameter when fully grown. Heads don't need to be tied for color retention or sun protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeads can be stored in the refrigerator for about a week. Freezing is another viable option. Cauliflower Graffiti is regarded as the trophy of cauliflowers because of its spectacular, colorful features that adorn gardens, the stalls at farmers\" markets, kitchen tables, and reception areas alike; for any reason. It contains anthocyanin which is a potent antioxidant and glucoraphanin - these hold disease fighting properties; high in Vitamin B6, C, K, folate, manganese, potassium, and 12 g of fiber for every 100 g of cauliflower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32137557573747,"sku":"49773","price":4.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32137557606515,"sku":"31158","price":19.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cauliflower-graffiti-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1762440407"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Honey Select Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Honey Select Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, AAS winner, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. AAS Winner for 2001. TripleSweet® variety produces ears which are 75% (se) and 25% (sh2). About 8 inches long. Plant height is about 72 inches. Does not require isolation from other corns. Longer harvest time without loss of eating quality. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Honey Select Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be between five and six foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. Honey Select Hybrid is mature in eighty days, and the ears produce eighteen to twenty rows of corn.  ~165 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005160072,"sku":"31193","price":85.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005160136,"sku":"31194","price":321.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005160200,"sku":"31196","price":1244.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid-treated-Comp.jpg?v=1759441144"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-honey-select-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Honey Select Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Honey Select Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, AAS winner, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. AAS Winner for 2001. TripleSweet® variety produces ears which are 75% (se) and 25% (sh2). About 8 inches long. Plant height is about 72 inches. Does not require isolation from other corns. Longer harvest time without loss of eating quality. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Approx. 165 seeds\/oz. The Honey Select Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be between five and six foot tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. The Honey Select Hybrid is mature in eighty days, and the ears produce eighteen to twenty rows of corn. ~165 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\nLight Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Select Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 58 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 660 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,640 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 13,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 66,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31908331290739,"sku":"48566","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345705975923,"sku":"50890","price":18.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39005163400,"sku":"31197","price":55.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39005163464,"sku":"31198","price":207.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39005163528,"sku":"31200","price":820.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Honey-Select-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440408"},{"product_id":"corn-se-incredible-hybrid-rm-treated-seed","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Incredible Hybrid R\/M (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Incredible Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Incredible Hybrid has Long, yellow ears, and are 8 to 9 inches long with 14 to 18 rows. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Noted for its holding ability. Approx. 150 seeds\/oz. Incredible Hybrid R\/M variety of corn seeds develop into light yellow kernels with a very sweet flavor, and large ears that grow to be between nine and ten inches long. Incredible Hybrid R\/M is mature after eighty days. This variety is well suited for freezing and preserving through canning. ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling. \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-se-incredible-rm-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e list preferences here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant toCommon Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncredible Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncredible Hybrid R\/M (treated) Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, one to two inches deep with eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345594925171,"sku":"50880","price":15.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009488904,"sku":"31209","price":43.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009488968,"sku":"31210","price":162.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009489032,"sku":"31212","price":640.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-se-incredible-hybrid-rm-treated-seed-comp.jpg?v=1762440410"},{"product_id":"corn-se-incredible-rm-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Incredible R\/M Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Incredible Hybrid R\/M Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Incredible Hybrid has Long, yellow ears, and are 8 to 9 inches long with 14 to 18 rows. Sweet corn doesn't get any better than this. Noted for its holding ability. Approx. 220 seeds\/oz. The Incredible Hybrid R\/M variety of corn seeds develop into light yellow kernels with a very sweet flavor, and large ears that grow to be between nine and ten inches long. The Incredible Hybrid R\/M is mature after eighty days. This variety is well suited for freezing and preserving through canning. Packet sizes available for untreated seeds ~220 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e list preferences here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant toCommon Rust, Maize Dwarf \/ Mosaic Virus, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\nLight Yellow Kernals\n\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncredible Hybrid R\/M Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncredible Hybrid R\/M Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 78 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 880 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,520 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 17,600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 88,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, one to two inches deep with eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31897059360883,"sku":"48564","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345588633715,"sku":"50879","price":16.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009491528,"sku":"31213","price":46.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009491592,"sku":"31214","price":173.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009491656,"sku":"31216","price":682.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-se-incredible-rm-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440410"},{"product_id":"corn-su-jubilee-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Jubilee Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-89 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Jubilee Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Recommended by USU. Ears are 8 1\/2 to 9 inches long with 18 to 20 rows of yellow kernels. Popular variety, producing large yields that are good for processing, freezing, and fresh eating. Jubilee Hybrid variety of corn seeds grows to be six-foot-tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. Jubilee Hybrid is mature after ninety days, making this one of the latest varieties of corn seed. ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-su-jubilee-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Common Rust, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJubilee Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJubilee Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345600594035,"sku":"50881","price":14.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009502536,"sku":"31240","price":41.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009502600,"sku":"31241","price":152.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009502728,"sku":"31243","price":600.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-su-jubilee-hybrid-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440411"},{"product_id":"corn-su-jubilee-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Jubilee Hybrid","description":"80-89 Days to maturity. Zea mays. Jubilee Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Recommended by USU. Ears are 8 1\/2 to 9 inches long with 18 to 20 rows of yellow kernels. Popular variety, producing large yields that are good for processing, freezing, and fresh eating. Jubilee Hybrid variety of corn seeds grows to be six-foot-tall stalks, which provide large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, between eight and nine inches. Jubilee Hybrid is mature after ninety days, making this one of the latest varieties of corn seed. ~150 seeds\/oz.\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Common Rust, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases Light Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJubilee Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJubilee Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary (su) - A subcategory of sweet corn that is closest to 'old fashioned' corn on the cob flavor. Sugars convert to starch soon after picking, so best enjoyed freshly picked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39009510792,"sku":"18880","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345700470899,"sku":"50889","price":14.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009510344,"sku":"31244","price":38.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009510408,"sku":"31245","price":150.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009510536,"sku":"31247","price":592.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-su-jubilee-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1759441144"},{"product_id":"corn-se-kandy-korn-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Kandy Korn Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Kandy Korn Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. Kandy Korn Hybrid variety of corn seeds grow to be seven feet tall stalks, which provide large, eight inch ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor. The husks are green with streaks of dark red running through them, giving them a subtle and intriguing look. This favorite variety has a distinctive reddish stripe on the husks, reddish plant, and a fine sweet flavor. Possessing the E.H. gene, this variety will hold its flavor for about 2 weeks on the stalk.~177 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e list preferences here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Common Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt. No serious pests but watch for aphids, flea beetles, and thrips. Water soil directly to avoid saturating stalks.\n\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKandy Korn Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKandy Korn Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Kandy Korn from Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn is a hardy full sun grass performing best when sown directly outdoors after the final spring frost. Plant 2-3 seeds 1-2\" deep and 3-4\" apart in loose, Organically rich, well-drained soil with a pH of 5.8-6.2. Germinates in 7-14 days, thinning out best starts to every 12\" once true leaves establish. Avoid overhead watering by watering soil directly. To prevent cross-pollination from altering a corn crop, keep like varieties with like varieties (SU with SU, SE with SE, SH2 with SH2, and ORNAMENTAL with ORNAMENTAL). Check individual seed packet to know whether a variety is Sugary (SU), Sugary Enhanced (SE), Supersweet (SH2), or Ornamental.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chow to=\" harvest=\" kandy=\" korn=\" ears=\"\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;p\u0026gt;Most varieties of corn are ready to harvest about 75 days from sowing. Unlike other garden favorites, corn only fruits once. Ears are ripe once they turn dark green, silks become brown, and kernels are plump. Test ripeness by squeezing kernels for a milk-like juice. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting.\u0026lt;\/p\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;h3\u0026gt;About Kandy Korn Hybrid Corn Seeds\u0026lt;\/h3\u0026gt;\n\n\u0026lt;ul\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;Sugary Enhancer Hybrid (SE) means this variety will stay sweet and tender for 9-14 days after reaching maturity.\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;Kandy Korn is a bit of legend for its outstanding flavor and high sugar content.\u0026lt;\/li\u0026gt;\n\u0026lt;li\u0026gt;8\" with rows and held high on foot burgundy colored stalks.\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKandy Korn has a long late harvest perfect for fresh eating or freezing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you really wanted corn all summer you should plant Xtra Early Sweet and Kandy Korn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo need to isolate from other sweet corn, but remember for good pollination always plant corn in blocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eGolden and delicious ears that mature as early as 85 days, the Kandy Korn Hybrid is truly one of the best-tasting treasures to spring from the summer garden. Kandy Korn is a Sugary Enhanced (se) crop that reliably produces 8\" ears lined with 16-20 rows, brimming from 8-foot tall burgundy stalks. As a Sugary Enhanced (se) variety, the Kandy Korn hybrid is the result of crossing the best and sweetest yellow cultivars, producing the golden buttery yellow Kandy Korn ears that are the closest thing to candy you're gonna harvest from the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSugary Enhanced Sweet Corn (se)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-18% sugar content\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium productivity and harvest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBest if enjoyed within 3-5 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMost commercial and store-bought ears of corn are likely a type of sugary enhanced (se) because they boast a higher 16-18% sugar content which is directly responsible for their longer shelf life. While sugary enhanced (se) types still convert their sugars to bitter starch, the process takes several days longer than normal sugary (su) varieties simply because there is more sugar to convert. Sugary enhanced (se) corn is the resulting hybrid from preferred (su) and (se) types and sometimes is designated with a (se+) if both parents are sugary enhanced. Like most varieties of corn, sugary enhanced (se) generally is ready to harvest in about 90 days and can be started as late as 90 days from the first frost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\u003c\/how\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39009515272,"sku":"18881","price":4.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345607770227,"sku":"50882","price":13.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009514952,"sku":"31254","price":49.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009515080,"sku":"31255","price":181.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009515144,"sku":"31257","price":699.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Kandy-Korn-Hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440413"},{"product_id":"corn-se-peaches-and-cream-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Peaches and Cream Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Peaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Peaches and Cream Hybrid is a staple American crop. Full-season fresh market bicolor corn. Designed for a fresh market, roadside stand, and home garden. Peaches and Cream Hybrid variety of corn seeds is a hybrid that produces a high yield of yellow and white kernels. The stalks produce large, eight-inch ears. Peaches and Cream Hybrid crop does best with full sun, in growing zones three to eleven.  ~177 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling.   \n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/products\/corn-se-peaches-and-cream-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca\u003e href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u0026gt;\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e PH level of 6 to 6.5, rich soil with Organic matter is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Directions:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced. Begin by sowing directly outdoors, one inch deep with six to eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 140 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345616748659,"sku":"50884","price":16.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009550984,"sku":"31404","price":47.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009551048,"sku":"31405","price":176.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009551112,"sku":"31407","price":697.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Peaches-and-Cream-Hybrid-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440419"},{"product_id":"corn-se-peaches-and-cream-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Peaches and Cream Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80-90 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Peaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Peaches and Cream Hybrid is a staple American crop. Full-season fresh market bicolor corn. Designed for a fresh market, roadside stand, and home garden. Peaches and Cream Hybrid variety of corn seeds is a hybrid that produces a high yield of yellow and white kernels. The stalks produce large, eight-inch ears. Peaches and Cream Hybrid crop does best with full sun, in growing zones three to eleven.  ~177 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e80-90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e PH level of 6 to 6.5, rich soil with Organic matter is best.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeaches and Cream Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canning or Freezing - This variety may be stored by canning or freezing to be used throughout the year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Peaches and Cream Hybrid (se) Corn From Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSE means sugary enhanced. Begin by sowing directly outdoors, one inch deep with six to eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFacts:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 140 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 560 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39009553288,"sku":"18590","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39009553224,"sku":"18882","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz Pkg (5x7)","offer_id":39009553160,"sku":"18553","price":9.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345612357747,"sku":"50883","price":15.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009552840,"sku":"31408","price":44.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009552968,"sku":"31409","price":166.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009553032,"sku":"31411","price":656.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn_se_Peaches_and_Cream_Hybrid_7c251712-6825-4f9b-a413-d163e6a018dd.jpg?v=1762440421"},{"product_id":"corn-popcorn-robust-yellow-hulless-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Popcorn - Robust Yellow Hulless Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e110 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Robust Yellow Hulless Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Pop Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Robust Yellow Hulless Hybrid is exceptionally good for popcorn with a thin hull for easy popping. Very productive with long ears on tall stalks. Approx. 200 seeds\/oz. Growing your own popcorn is as easy as growing regular sweetcorn. Plant and grow these seeds in your garden as you would any other kind of corn, allow the ears to fully mature, and you have an easy and natural snack. If grown in the dark, this variety can also produce very sweet shoots. ~200 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pop - Smaller kernels with shells that harden when dried. The interior moisture content turns to steam, and they puff or pop when heated. Not for eating like regular sweet corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Late - Ready for harvest around 100 to 115 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Yellow Hulless Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust Yellow Hulless Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Robust Yellow Hulless Popcorn Corn Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eSow robust hulless popcorn seeds outdoors when temperatures are adequately warm. Plant popcorn seeds 1 1\/2-inches deep, 8 inches between seeds, and thirty inches between corn stalk rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a sunny spot for your cornrows and keep in mind that tall corn stalks have the potential to block the sunlight from other plants. The growing popcorn plants will need one to one and a half inches of water. Leave the ears on the stalk until the corn is fully mature and the husks have turned brown. Harvest and leave them to mature even further. When the kernels easily rub off the cob, you can store them or pop them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 71 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 3,200 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10g Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39009566088,"sku":"18795","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39348044693619,"sku":"50900","price":10.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39348047020147,"sku":"50901","price":22.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39009565832,"sku":"31444","price":65.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39009565896,"sku":"31445","price":247.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39009565960,"sku":"37088","price":985.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-popcorn-robust-yellow-hulles-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440423"},{"product_id":"cucumber-salad-bush-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Salad Bush Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e57 days. Salad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds is a large variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Salad Bush Hybrid is green and smooth, and grows to be eight inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner. Recommended by USU. 8 inch, dark green, smooth and uniform fruits on very compact vines. Great for small gardens, in pots, or in tubs. Multi disease resistant including cucumber mosaic virus, downey mildew, powdery mildew, scab, and target leaf spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Salad Bush Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green with white stripes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 12 inches between plants. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Salad Bush cucumbers at the stem. Salad Bush Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 12 inches between plants. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Salad Bush Hybrid cucumbers at the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32139738153075,"sku":"49776","price":4.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39016303688,"sku":"31474","price":23.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39016303880,"sku":"31475","price":176.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/cucumber-salad-bush-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1756483136"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-serendipity-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Serendipity Bicolor TripleSweet Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e82 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Serendipity Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Southern Corn Leaf Blight. This bicolor TripleSweet® corn produces high-quality 8-inch ears with 16 to 18 rows of sugar-enhanced kernels. 25% of kernels are supersweet (sh2), offering extra sweetness, excellent holding ability, unparalleled eating enjoyment, and a long shelf life. The stalks produce large, eight-inch ears with white and yellow kernels. Serendipity Hybrid crop does best with full sun, in growing zones three to eleven. ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling. \n    \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.myshopify.com\/products\/corn-syn-serendipity-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 82\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to slugs, snails, and cabbage root maggots. Light Yellow Kernals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerendipity Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerendipity Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, one inch deep with six to eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345720885363,"sku":"50892","price":18.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016318536,"sku":"31499","price":54.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016318664,"sku":"31500","price":203.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39016318792,"sku":"31502","price":805.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-Seeds-Sweet-Serendipity-Hybrid-treated-comp.jpg?v=1762440437"},{"product_id":"corn-syn-serendipity-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Serendipity Bicolor TripleSweet Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e82 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Serendipity Hybrid Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Southern Corn Leaf Blight. This bicolor TripleSweet® corn produces high-quality 8-inch ears with 16 to 18 rows of sugar-enhanced kernels. 25% of kernels are supersweet (sh2), offering extra sweetness, excellent holding ability, unparalleled eating enjoyment, and a long shelf life. The stalks produce large, eight-inch ears with white and yellow kernels. Serendipity Hybrid crop does best with full sun, in growing zones three to eleven. ~150 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 82\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80 to 95 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Southern Corn Leaf Blight. Susceptible to slugs, snails, and cabbage root maggots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerendipity Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bicolor (Yellow and White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerendipity Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Synergistic (syn) corn has the traits of (se) and (sh2) corn and is very sweet and also crisp. Has a slower conversion of sugars to starch than (se) corn and thus can be stored for just over a week eating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, one inch deep with six to eight inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 g - Approximately 75 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz- Approximately 150 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"20g Pkg (4x5)","offer_id":39016320712,"sku":"18883","price":5.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz Pkg (5x7)","offer_id":39016320648,"sku":"18554","price":13.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345710301299,"sku":"50891","price":33.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016320392,"sku":"31503","price":100.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016320456,"sku":"31504","price":387.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39016320520,"sku":"31506","price":1552.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Corn-syn-Serendipity-Hybrid-Paper-Pack_70c8128b-b503-42bd-8608-e2553c574e16.jpg?v=1762440437"},{"product_id":"corn-se-sugar-buns-hybrid-treated","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Sugar Buns Hybrid (treated)","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Sugar Buns Hybrid (treated) Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, and Stewart’s Wilt. An early, truly gourmet yellow hybrid developed for home garden, fresh market, and roadside stand use. Our best-selling early corn, this variety combines earliness with excellent, sweet flavor and good keeping qualities. Stalks reach just over 5 feet tall, producing beautiful 7-inch ears with 14 rows of sweet yellow kernels. Approx. 150 seeds\/oz. Sugar Buns Hybrid corn seeds grow to be between 5 and 6 feet tall, producing large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, measuring between 7 and 8 inches. Sugar Buns is mature in seventy to eighty days, and the ears produce fourteen rows of sweet corn.  ~150 seeds\/oz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis seed is treated with a fungicide designed to prevent or reduce seed rot in the soil. It does not affect the plant or the produce from the plant. This seed is intended for planting only. Do not eat this seed or use it for oil or animal feed. Keep this seed out of the reach of children. Wash hands after handling. \n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/corn-se-sugar-buns-hybrid\"\u003ePacket sizes available for untreated seeds.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 70 to 80 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003eMoist and well drained, temp of 55 to 65 F, pH 6 to 7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eCommon Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Buns Hybrid (treated) Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Buns Hybrid (treated) Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSYN means Synergistic or Triple Sweet. 75% sugary enhanced kernels and 25% Super sweet kernels. SE means sugary enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eSe Precocious Hybrid Treated Corn has been discontinued. Sugar Buns Hybrid Treated is the best alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016326472,"sku":"31575","price":49.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016326536,"sku":"31576","price":179.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39016326600,"sku":"31578","price":689.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-se-sugar-buns-hybrid-treated-comp.jpg?v=1759441151"},{"product_id":"corn-se-sugar-buns-hybrid","title":"Corn Seeds - Sweet - Sugar Buns Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e70-80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e. Sugar Buns Hybrid (treated) Corn Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, Sweet Corn. Suitable for growing in garden plots or raised beds. Corn tolerates heat and drought-prone regions. Resistant to Common Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, and Stewart’s Wilt. An early, truly gourmet yellow hybrid developed for home garden, fresh market, and roadside stand use. Our best-selling early corn, this variety combines earliness with excellent, sweet flavor and good keeping qualities. Stalks reach just over 5 feet tall, producing beautiful 7-inch ears with 14 rows of sweet yellow kernels. Approx. 150 seeds\/oz. Sugar Buns Hybrid corn seeds grow to be between 5 and 6 feet tall, producing large ears of yellow corn with a sweet flavor, measuring 7 to 8 inches in length. Sugar Buns is mature in seventy to eighty days, and the ears produce fourteen rows of sweet corn.  ~150 seeds\/oz\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eZea mays\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 Annual: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-95 °F (16-35 °C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5-2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorn Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Sweet Corn is the most popular corn for eating as corn on the cob or corn niblets. It has a high sugar content and is best enjoyed when picked a little early before the sugars turn to starch. This is your classic barbeque and picnic summer corn.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-84 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8-12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 70 to 80 days from direct sowing to harvesting ripe ears of corn. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003eCommon Rust, Northern Corn Leaf Blight, Stewart’s Wilt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Buns Hybrid Corn Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSugar Buns Hybrid Corn Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sugary Enhanced (se) - Sweeter and more tender than (su) corn, and the conversion of sugar to starch is slower, so can be picked and stored for almost a week before eating. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine Harvest Friendly:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Grow Sugar Buns Hybrid (se) Corn From Seed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSE means sugary enhanced. Begin by sowing directly outdoors, 1 1\/2 inches deep with four inches between seeds and thirty inches between rows. When choosing a site in your garden, keep the sun in mind; these tall stalks have potential to block the sunlight from other plants. While growing, the crops will need one to one and a half inches of water. When the kernels are firm, the ear is ripe. To harvest, firmly pull the ear downwards while twisting. The unhusked ears can be kept in the fridge for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 g - Approximately 54 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 600 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 2,400 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 12,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 lb - Approximately 60,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck out \u003ca href=\"http:\/\/learn.genetics.utah.edu\/content\/selection\/corn\/\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ethis article\u003c\/a\u003e about the evolution of corn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Gram Packet","offer_id":31897050022003,"sku":"48565","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39345683431539,"sku":"50886","price":15.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39016329224,"sku":"31579","price":45.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 lb","offer_id":39016329288,"sku":"31580","price":171.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 lb","offer_id":39016329416,"sku":"31582","price":674.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/corn-se-sugar-buns-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1762440440"},{"product_id":"cucumber-sweet-success-hybrid","title":"Cucumber Seeds - Sweet Success Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e60 days. The Sweet Success Hybrid cucumber is a large variety of cucumber that is sweet and tender. The Sweet Success Hybrid is dark green and smooth, and grows to be twelve inches long. Since this variety is mature in sixty days, a steady harvest can be achieved by planting regularly throughout the season. AAS Winner. Recommended by USU. An excellent burpless hybrid suitable for growing outdoors or in a greenhouse. The 14 inch long, straight fruits are very mild, sweet, and seedless if grown away from other varieties. Outstanding gynoecious (all female flowers) and parthenocarpic (sets fruit without pollination) hybrid. Excellent for Utah's climatic conditions. CMV, DM, Sc, TLS. Approx. 850 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Sweet Success Hybrid Cucumber Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Cucumis sativus \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-70 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well drained, temperature between 65 and 75 degrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dark Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSweet Success Hybrid cucumber seeds need full sun and should be planted in warm soil with a pH level between 6 and 6.8. Sow the seeds an inch deep with 36 inches between plants. If you are using a trellis, a foot between plants is adequate. Cucumbers will need regular watering while growing. When ready to harvest, cut the Sweet Success Hybrid cucumbers at the stem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32139741724787,"sku":"42072","price":7.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39016343240,"sku":"31603","price":36.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39016343368,"sku":"31604","price":349.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Cucumber-Sweet-Success-Hybrid-Seed-Comp_8185ddbc-2c18-4c31-8363-668e4cad6064.jpg?v=1762440441"},{"product_id":"eggplant-fairy-tale-hybrid","title":"Eggplant Seeds - Fairy Tale Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e50 days. AAS Winner for 2005. New miniature eggplants are white with violet\/purple stripes. The fruit are non-bitter, with a tender skin and few seeds. The elongated, oval eggplants can be picked when quite small at 1-2oz or left on the plant until double that weight and the flavor and tenderness remain. The petite plant reaches only 2 ½ ft tall and wide and adapts well to container gardening. Mountain Valley Seeds carried these Eggplant seeds in a variety of sizes including both retail and wholesale prices. Order online or stop by today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Fairy Tale Hybrid Eggplant Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Solanum melongena \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, 50-55 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly bitter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEggplants can be sown indoors and transplanted outdoors when they are at least six inches tall and the weather has warmed to at least 55 degrees Fahrenheit. To begin, poke a hole half an inch deep in each pot or tray that you are using, and sow two seeds in each. Lightly cover the seeds and place the pots or trays by a window with full sunlight. Eggplant needs moist soil to thrive, so keep the soil watered. Once you see two sets of leaves sprouting up, thin them out by cutting the weaker of the two down to soil level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting outdoors, you should water the millionaire purple hybrid eggplants every day to keep the soil moist. Since the crops can become heavy, it can be helpful to use a post, pole, or other support. When the globes are glossy, you can harvest them by snipping them off the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information about eggplants from UC Davis: http:\/\/vric.ucdavis.edu\/pdf\/eggplant.pdf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32141671170163,"sku":"49779","price":4.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 seeds","offer_id":39016374984,"sku":"31855","price":10.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 seeds","offer_id":39016375048,"sku":"11080","price":47.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/eggplant-fairy-tale-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1759441153"},{"product_id":"eggplant-gretel-hybrid","title":"Eggplant Seeds - Gretel Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50 days. AAS Winner for 2005. New miniature eggplants are white with violet\/purple stripes. The fruit are non-bitter, with a tender skin and few seeds. The elongated, oval eggplants can be picked when quite small at 1-2oz or left on the plant until double that weight and the flavor and tenderness remain. The petite plant reaches only 2 ½ ft tall and wide and adapts well to container gardening. \u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Gretel Hybrid Eggplant Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Solanum melongena \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, 50-55 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly bitter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEggplant seeds can be sown indoors and transplanted outdoors when they are at least six inches tall and the weather has warmed to at least 55 degrees Fahrenheit. To begin, poke a hole half an inch deep in each pot or tray that you are using, and sow two seeds in each. Lightly cover the seeds and place the pots or trays by a window with full sunlight. Eggplant needs moist soil to thrive, so keep the soil watered. Once you see two sets of leaves sprouting up, thin them out by cutting the weaker of the two down to soil level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter transplanting outdoors, you should water the Gretel Hybrid eggplants every day to keep the soil moist. Since the crops can become heavy, it can be helpful to use a post, pole, or other support. When the globes are glossy, you can harvest them by snipping them off the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information about eggplants from UC Davis: http:\/\/vric.ucdavis.edu\/pdf\/eggplant.pdf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32141683622003,"sku":"49782","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32141683589235,"sku":"31863","price":16.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/eggplant-gretel-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1757444417"},{"product_id":"eggplant-millionaire-purple-hybrid","title":"Eggplant Seeds - Millionaire Purple Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e55 days. Japan long-type produces early, high quality fruit over 8 inches long with brilliant black skin and a purple calyx. The tender flesh is nearly seedless. This is a great replacement for Ichiban. An ideal variety for greenhouses, home gardens, and open field crops. The millionaire purple hybrid variety of eggplant is long and slender, growing to be up to eight inches long. The millionaire purple hybrid reaches maturity in just fifty five days and is suitable for grow zones five to twelve. This variety does best in moist soil and full sun. Approx. 6,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Millionare Purple Hybrid Eggplant Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cem\u003e Solanum melongena \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50-60 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, 55 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiseases\/pests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Susceptible to corn wireworms, cutworms, and fungal diseases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mildly bitter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEggplants can be sown indoors and transplanted outdoors when they are at least six inches tall and the weather has warmed to at least 55 degrees Fahrenheit. To begin, poke a hole half an inch deep in each pot or tray that you are using, and sow two seeds in each. Lightly cover the seeds and place the pots or trays by a window with full sunlight. Eggplant needs moist soil to thrive, so keep the soil watered. Once you see two sets of leaves sprouting up, thin them out by cutting the weaker of the two down to soil level. After transplanting outdoors, you should water the millionaire purple hybrid eggplants every day to keep the soil moist. Since the crops can become heavy, it can be helpful to use a post, pole, or other support. When the globes are glossy, you can harvest them by snipping them off the vine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional information about eggplants from UC Davis: http:\/\/vric.ucdavis.edu\/pdf\/eggplant.pdf\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"25 Seeds","offer_id":43790266007667,"sku":"81541","price":4.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":43790266040435,"sku":"81542","price":9.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":43790266073203,"sku":"81543","price":72.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5000 Seeds","offer_id":43790266105971,"sku":"81544","price":274.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/eggplant-millionaire-purple-hybrid-comp.jpg?v=1757540585"},{"product_id":"melon-cantaloupe-athena-hybrid-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Cantaloupe - Athena Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, hybrid, heat-tolerant Cantaloupe Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2), Powdery Mildew (Race 1,2), and Scab. The Athena Hybrid variety of cantaloupe is a large melon with a sweet taste. \nAthena Hybrid is the number one best-selling cantaloupe in America. These seeds do best with full sun in zones three to nine. Rich, sandy soil is preferable. Athena is an early-maturing eastern melon in a class of its own, asked for by name from gardeners to growers. Athena has consistently delivered at the top for flesh color, flavor, aroma, firmness, and shelf life after harvest. Athena may be used in some areas as a specialty melon with superior high flavor. Oval melons are 5 to 6 pounds with thick, firm, orange flesh and coarse netting with minor sutures. Pick Athena at full slip for the best quality and flavor. ~1,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantaloupe - Cantaloupe is a muskmelon with a scaly or 'netted' outer rind, and sweet flesh that is most commonly orange, but can also be yellow or green. The flavor can only be described as 'cantaloupe', while the odor is slightly musky. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in a row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush, Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 50-75 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Fusarium Wilt (Race 0,1,2), Powdery Mildew (Race 1,2), and Scab. Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAthena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown husk and orange flesh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAthena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet, juicy, and slightly musky flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh eating, salads, and desserts. Slice it, blend it, or dice it!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen planting Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe, choose a sunny location with well-draining soil. Cantaloupes thrive in warm soil, so it's best to wait until all danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature has warmed to at least 70 F. Once temperatures are ideal, you can start seeds indoors about 2 to 4 weeks before the last frost or directly sow them into the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Plant seeds about 0.5 inch deep in the soil for direct sowing. If starting indoors, sow seeds at the same depth in seed-starting trays and transplant them into the garden after 2-3 true leaves have developed when outdoor conditions are favorable. Space seeds or transplants 24 inches in a row or 2-3 plants per hill. Rows that are spaced 4 to 6 feet apart. This spacing gives the sprawling vines ample room to grow and spread. ​​Before planting or transplanting, enrich the garden soil with compost or a balanced fertilizer. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMelons need consistent moisture, especially as they begin to fruit. Reduce watering as the fruit begins to ripen to avoid splitting. Once the vines start growing, use a high-phosphorus fertilizer to encourage flowering and fruiting. Pinch off the growing tips of the vines once they reach 5–6 feet to encourage lateral growth, which increases the number of fruits produced. Prevent the developing fruit from coming into direct contact with the soil to prevent rot. Cardboard or thick mulch can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll know it’s time to harvest when the melons develop a strong, sweet aroma and the skin turns from green to a golden tan with a coarse netting pattern. When the melon easily separates from the vine with a gentle tug, it’s ripe and ready. To harvest, use clean, sharp garden shears or a knife.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe was developed by Seminis, a seed company in the United States, specifically for its superior performance in hot, humid climates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile most melons must be eaten quickly after harvest, Athena maintains its quality for longer thanks to its extended shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAthena is an excellent choice for home gardeners and market growers alike due to its reliable yields, disease resistance, and sweet, flavorful fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary use for Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe is fresh eating. Its sweet, juicy flesh is perfect for slicing and serving as a refreshing snack, adding to fruit salads, or blending into smoothies. Its firm texture and sweet flavor also make it great for desserts like melon sorbets or paired with yogurt for a nutritious breakfast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"The high water content in cantaloupe makes it hydrating and refreshing, while the fiber content aids digestion. It’s also low in calories, making it a great option for those looking to enjoy a sweet treat without consuming too much sugar.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAthena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 g - Wholesale - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Wholesale - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 4,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 16,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Bulk Seeds - Approximately 80,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Athena Hybrid Cantaloupe Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"7 Seed Pkg (3x4)","offer_id":39021037640,"sku":"18621","price":4.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39021037512,"sku":"32620","price":20.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Sees","offer_id":39021037576,"sku":"32621","price":158.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-cantaloupe-athena-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440468"},{"product_id":"melon-honeydew-earli-dew-hybrid-seeds","title":"Melon Seeds - Honeydew - Earli-Dew Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e80 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e. Earli Dew Hybrid Honeydew Melon Seeds. A non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, heat tolerant, Honeydew Melon. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Fusarium wilt. As one of our earliest maturing Honeydew varieties, Earli-Dew is a favorite in northern climates. Many professionals including Utah State University Extension and the Master Gardeners of Greene County (Missouri) recommend this variety for it’s short days to maturity, delicious taste, and high fungal disease resistance. The melons are 6-8 inches round and weigh around 7 pounds. The vines produce plentiful fruits with smooth skin and sweet green flesh. ~1,060 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCucumis melo\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Annual Crop: Not Intended to Overwinter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5-1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, direct sow 1-2 weeks after your last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Melons may be started indoors 2-4 weeks before your last spring frost date. Wait to transplant them outdoors until at least 1 week after your last frost date as melons grow best with warm soil. Avoid leaving them in seed starting containers for long as melons are sensitive to transplanting. Harden off to reduce the effects of transplant shock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons require insects, such as bees, for successful pollination. As monoecious plants they produce separate male and female flowers on the same plant. This means that not every flower will develop into fruit. We recommend growing an assortment of flowers near or throughout your garden to attract pollinators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Honeydew - Honeydew is a melon with a smooth rind and flesh that has a higher water content than cantaloupe. The sweet flesh is most commonly green but can also be yellow-orange or very pale with a green or yellow tone. Honeydew lacks the musky odor of Cantaloupe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 inches in a row or 2-3 plants per hill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 Feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spread:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48-72 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bush, Sprawled, Trailing Vine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 80-95 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Melons prefer warm, well-draining but moist, nutrient-rich, loamy to sandy loam soil with a pH of 6.5 to 7.5.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-90 F). \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-95 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Fusarium Wilt Generally, melons are commonly susceptible to pest damage by aphids, cucumber beetles, squash bugs, cutworms, white flies, and melon worms. Look for signs of chewing, curling leaves, eggs on the undersides of leaves, and leaf discoloration. Melons are also susceptible to Powdery Mildew, Downy Mildew, and Fusarium Wilt, Anthracnose, and Bacterial Wilt. Maintain a regular watering schedule that avoids overly saturated soil. The roots need adequate time to air out between watering. This will also help prevent common fungal and bacterial diseases from developing. Good air circulation and applying water to the ground rather than the leaves will help maintain healthy bean plant growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarliDew Hybrid Honeydew Melon Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light green flesh and pale creamy green skin. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEarliDew Hybrid Honeydew Melon Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e sweet, slightly floral, and refreshing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelon Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Earlidew melons are primarily used for fresh eating. Their sweet, succulent flesh makes them perfect for summer fruit salads, smoothies, and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Earli Dew Hybrid Honeydew Melon in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo plant Earlidew melons, start by selecting a sunny location with well-drained soil. If you're planting outdoors, wait until the soil temperature reaches at least 70 F, which typically happens after the last frost date in your area. Direct sowing is ideal for warmer climates or after the risk of frost has passed. Sow seeds about 0.5 inch deep, with a spacing of 24 inches between plants and 4-6 feet between rows to allow for the sprawling vines. If starting indoors, sow seeds 3-4 weeks before transplanting. Be sure to harden off seedlings by gradually exposing them to outdoor conditions for a week or two before transplanting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilize your melon plants with a balanced fertilizer, but be cautious not to overdo nitrogen, as it can lead to lush vine growth at the expense of fruit production. Use a phosphorus-rich fertilizer for better fruit development. Keep the plants well watered as they are not drought tolerant. However, avoid getting water on the leaves regularly as this can lead to fungal issues (even with resistant varieties). \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can train the vines on trellises or supports, but be sure to provide a net or sling to support the heavy fruit. Pruning is generally not necessary, but you can pinch off the tips of the vines once a few fruits have set to encourage the plant to focus energy on ripening the melons rather than producing more foliage or flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Earli-Dew Hybrid Honeydew Melon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe melons are ready to harvest when they turn from a greenish color to a much for creamy white pale green. The melon's surface should feel slightly waxy, and the fruit should detach easily from the vine with a gentle tug. To harvest, gently cut or twist the fruit off the vine, being careful not to damage the vine or surrounding plants. Use a sharp knife or pruners if the fruit does not come off easily. Store harvested melons in a cool, dry place or refrigerate them if you plan to store them for more than a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout EarliDew Hybrid Honeydew Melon Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis melon was specifically bred to thrive in hot, sunny conditions while providing a delicious, sweet taste that rivals other honeydews. Its early maturity means you get melons faster, making it a favorite for gardeners who want to enjoy the fruits of their labor earlier in the season or in shorter growing seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarlidew melons are rich in vitamin C, which supports immune health, and contain good amounts of vitamin A for skin and eye health. They are low in calories and high in hydration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"EarliDew is perfect for gardeners with long growing seasons who want to pair it with another, late maturing variety so they have can fresh melon all summer long. It is also ideal ideal for gardens in colder climates with shorter growing seasons. It can produce a fruit in less than 3 months while other honeydew melons take 3-5 months.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=xJmUHsZyq7ZDjapr\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8SKatHrTSOM?si=er9i1e6MCQjRFSI3\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO EarliDew Hybrid Honeydew Melon seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32142434369651,"sku":"49783","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39021043400,"sku":"32702","price":27.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Sees","offer_id":39021043464,"sku":"19111","price":116.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/melon-honeydew-earli-dew-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1759441171"},{"product_id":"onion-candy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Onion Seeds - Intermediate - Candy Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e85 Days to maturity. \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e ‘Candy’. Candy Onion Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, bulbing, intermediate-day onion. Suitable for growing in greenhouses, garden plots, and raised beds. Resistant to Pink Root Rot. The Candy Hybrid onion combines the qualities of a short-day and long-day onion. These onions can be grown all over the country. Candy Hybrid Onions have a mild and sweet taste. They are perfect for cooking because they produce large bulbs with thick rings. They are reliable and popular because they are relatively pest-free and take only 85 days to become ready to harvest. Approx. 5,700 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eAllium cepa\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 Technically a tender perennial, but almost always grown as an annual, unless specifically grown for seed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 8-10 weeks before last frost date.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Day Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intermediate Day - Indeterminate Day Onions (also called 'Day Neutral') are well adapted and will bulb regardless of the length of daylight, and will grow well in most regions of the USA. However not the best choice in most northern latitudes where winters are very hard. This variety was developed for its ability to grow across the United States. Because of this, it can be grown in all day-length regions. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bulbing - Bulbing onions are growing for the bulb or globe they produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 70 to 100 days from direct sowing to harvesting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66-70 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Pink Root Rot. Describe common pest issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Onion Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandy Onion Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild and Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, and Raised Beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOnion Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fresh or Storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCandy Hybrid Onion Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon- GMO Candy Hybrid Onions take 85 days to come to maturity. These onions need 12- 14 hours of sun a day. These onions perform best when planted in the spring when temperatures reach 60- 65°. They require well-drained and fertile soil. Within 85 days, these Candy Hybrid Sweet Onions will develop bulbs with golden-brown skin. They will have thick and white layers inside the onion bulb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Candy Hybrid Onion:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Hybrid Onions are delicious and sweet when cooked. They can be put in meat dishes, vegetable sauces, casseroles, or pasta dishes. They are also delicious sliced thinly on sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCandy Hybrid Onion Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandy Hybrid Onions are known for their antioxidants, ability to help control blood sugar, and have antibacterial properties. Onions are great for deterring animals from the garden due to their strong smell.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Candy Hybrid Onion is a great option for those that haven't had success growing onions. They are particularly reliable and quick-growing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"50 Seed Packet","offer_id":39021055496,"sku":"18631","price":3.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39021055240,"sku":"19098","price":20.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5000 Seeds","offer_id":39021055368,"sku":"19099","price":57.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25000 Seeds","offer_id":39021055432,"sku":"19100","price":224.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/onion-candy-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440476"},{"product_id":"pumpkin-autumn-gold-hybrid","title":"Pumpkin Seeds - Autumn Gold Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e \n\nNon-GMO Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins are the perfect all-purpose pumpkin. These pumpkins are great for carving, cooking, and seeds. Autumn Gold is ready in 90 days. Each vine will produce 3-5 pumpkin that are 7-10 pounds each. Due to its early producing, this is a great choice for northern gardens.This is a farmstand favorite for a reason! \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e \n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucurbita pepo\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Autumn Gold\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-9\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36-48 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vine\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70-85°\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cucumber beetle, powder mildew\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Golden orange\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nPlant Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin directly into the soil, and watch the pumpkins mature for 90 days. Pumpkins need space and full sun. The biggest issue will be providing plenty of room to prevent rot and mildew. Good circulation is key. Harvest when Autumn Gold Pumpkins are around 10 pounds. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nThis is the pumpkin to plant if you have big fall plans ahead. The reason for this is the pumpkin can be used for carving, baking, and seeds. So it can be used in a variety of fall activities. Carve a few, and use the rest for eating. Roast the flesh and use it in a variety of recipes. Reserve the seeds for roasting. Toss seeds in some spices for an extra treat. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003e Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkin Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e \n\nHybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins have so many health benefits. Pumpkins are excellent for you, and they are delicious. Fiber in pumpkin will aid digestion and make you feel full longer. Fiber can also help with blood sugar regulation. The many antioxidants found in Hybrid Autumn Gold Pumpkins can prevent numerous diseases. \n\n\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e1987 AAS Winner\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cbr\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\n\u003cul\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e \n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"4 g Packet","offer_id":31959214588019,"sku":"48837","price":4.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 oz","offer_id":39021066696,"sku":"33115","price":13.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 oz","offer_id":39021066760,"sku":"33114","price":33.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 lb","offer_id":39021066824,"sku":"33113","price":104.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 Lb","offer_id":31977506472051,"sku":"49441","price":387.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25 Lb","offer_id":31977506701427,"sku":"49442","price":1552.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pumpkin-autumn-gold-hybrid-seed-wm_700_1222x1222_9fc89346-55ca-47d7-b680-ad8d36bab915.jpg?v=1764634195"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-big-bertha-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Big Bertha Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e73 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Big Bertha Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, sweet pepper with no heat level. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Resistant to Tobamovirus Pathotype O, Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Big Bertha is a sweet pepper that is considered the largest elongated bell pepper. Recommended by Utah State University, four-lobed fruits can reach 7 inches long and 4 inches wide. This plant is vigorous and well-suited to many different climates. This plant is huge! You will definitely have a full meal if you stuffed one of these sweet peppers. ~4,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 73 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobamovirus Pathotype O, Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stuffing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n \u003ch3\u003eGrowing Big Bertha Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart your seeds indoors 6-8 weeks before the final frost of spring. Prior to planting, prepare a suitable growing medium. Opt for a seed-starting mix that is light and well-draining, as this will promote better germination and root development. Fill your seed trays or small pots with the mix, slightly moistening the soil before sowing the seeds to create an optimal growing environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlant your Big Bertha pepper seeds about ¼ inch deep in the prepared soil. Cover them lightly with the mix and place the trays or pots in a location that receives ample warmth and light. The ideal temperature for germination is between 75 F and 85 F. If you're starting your seeds indoors, consider using a heat mat to maintain the necessary soil temperature. Covering your trays or pots with plastic wrap can help retain moisture and warmth, but be sure to remove it once germination occurs, which typically takes 7-14 days. Ensure the soil remains moist but not waterlogged during this period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the seedlings emerge and develop their first true leaves (not the initial seed leaves, but the next pair that grows), it's time to thin them. Select the strongest seedling in each pot or cell, removing the others to avoid overcrowding. This selection process encourages the development of robust plants. Continue to provide your seedlings with 6-8 hours of light per day, supplementing with grow lights if natural sunlight is inadequate. This prevents the plants from becoming leggy and weak. Gradually acclimate your seedlings to outdoor conditions by hardening them off—gradually increasing their exposure to the outside over a week or two. This step is essential for transitioning your plants from a controlled indoor environment to the variable outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplant your hardened-off Big Bertha pepper plants into your garden or larger pots once the risk of frost has passed. Choose a sunny spot with well-draining soil and space the plants 18-24 inches apart. Incorporating a balanced, slow-release fertilizer at the time of planting will provide essential nutrients for growth. Regular watering, especially during dry periods, is vital for maintaining even soil moisture. Support your plants with stakes or cages to manage the weight of the fruit. As your Big Bertha  peppers mature, monitor for pests and diseases, addressing any issues promptly to ensure a healthy and productive crop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Big Bertha Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid peppers typically reach maturity 73 days after transplanting, depending on growing conditions. The initial sign of readiness is the pepper's color. While they can be harvested green, Big Bertha Hybrid peppers develop their full sweetness and a richer flavor as they turn red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen harvesting Big Bertha Hybrid peppers, use a clean, sharp pair of scissors or pruning shears.  Grasp the pepper gently and cut the stem about a half-inch above the fruit. Avoid pulling or twisting the peppers off by hand, as this can cause branches to break or damage the plant, potentially affecting future yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Big Bertha Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Bertha peppers are hybrid bell peppers recommended by Utah State University. These massive bell peppers are sweet without any spice level at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid peppers are huge and perfect for stuffing, dicing, slicing, canning, and stir-frying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers generally grow in gardens, greenhouses, containers, and raised beds. The Big Bertha Hybrid is no different. It is hard to go wrong if they have adequate light, space, moisture, warmth, and nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid pepper plants can produce multiple fruits throughout the growing season, especially if maintained in optimal growing conditions. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more flowers and, subsequently, more peppers. Check your plants every few days, especially as the season progresses and temperatures rise, as peppers can mature quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese four-lobed peppers can reach up to 4 inches wide and 7 inches long. This variety is considered one of the largest sweet bell peppers available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"One of my favorite recipes to make with large peppers like these are fajitas. Grill some beef or chicken and slice it into strips. Lightly saute the pepper slices with the chicken and a good fajita seasoning for a mouthwatering healthy meal!”\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"%E2%80%9Dhttps:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale%E2%80%9D\" target=\"”_blank”\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBig Bertha Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Big Bertha Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145631346803,"sku":"49791","price":4.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097857736,"sku":"33154","price":22.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39097857800,"sku":"33155","price":153.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-big-bertha-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440490"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-garden-salsa-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Garden Salsa Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e73 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Garden Salsa Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, heat tolerant, hot pepper with medium heat levels. 1,000 to 5,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. They have a medium heat level and are a popular choice for making salsas and pickled peppers. These hybrid hot pepper seeds are produced by Mountain Valley Seed Company, which offers premium-quality vegetable seeds for home gardeners and fresh-market growers alike ~5,000 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 73 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,000 to 5,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium - 2,500 to 30,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Jalapeno \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Salsa Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red and Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Salsa Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nuanced, sweet, with a little kick of heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salsas, sauteed, pickled, cooked into sauces, or chopped and worked into fresh green salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Garden Salsa Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow your peppers, prepare your seed starting trays and plant the seeds. Start the process about 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Plant the seeds in either a well-draining soil or in a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. The pH of the soil should be about 6.5. The seeds should be planted about 0.25 inches deep. Make sure the soil stays moist, but don’t overwater your seeds. You can stick your pinky into the soil to see if it is dry below the surface. If it is, then give your plants a little water, but make sure you don’t overwater them. Keep your peppers in a warm spot, ideally between 80-90 F, and if it's a bit chilly, a grow light can be a great help for helping your seeds germinate. Once those seedlings pop up, usually in about 7-10 days, expose them to some cooler air before moving them outside! Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a close eye on your peppers throughout the growing process to make sure they are healthy and growing correctly! You should be watering them consistently. The soil should be moist beneath the surface, but make sure not to overwater them. You can stick your finger in the soil to see how the moisture levels are beneath the surface. You can add mulch around the base of your plants to help keep the soil moist and suppress weeds. Companion planting with plants like marigolds and basil can help keep pests away and bring pollinators to your garden. Make sure to support the plants with stakes or trellises, which will help them grow upright and will support the plant as they grow fruit. You can try giving your plants a fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium to help promote their growth. Keep an eye on your plants and take action immediately if you see any pests or signs of disease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Garden Salsa Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs they mature, your peppers will turn from a green to red. This variety will be ready for harvest about 73 days after transplanting. Since these are hot peppers with some heat, they're tasty both when fully ripe or premature - as they ripen, they’ll become a bright red color. To harvest the pepper, you can cut the stem with garden shears of a knife. Make sure to be gentle and not damage the plant so it can keep producing fruit! Because this is a hot variety, make sure you wear gloves and wash your hands immediately after harvest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Garden Salsa Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Hot peppers originated in the tropical regions of Central America and South America. They were first introduced to Europeans when Columbus brought them back to Spain in 1493. While they are more often grown as an annual plant, hot peppers can be grown in frost-free tropical zones as a perennial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden Salsa Hybrid peppers were bred for their fast maturity and resistance to Tobacco Mosaic Virus and heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProviding high levels of vitamin C and antioxidants, Garden Salsa peppers can be eaten as part of a healthy diet. The capsaicin in Garden Salsa hot chili peppers is anti-inflammatory, which may help some people with pain management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarden Salsa Hybrid peppers grow well in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Garden Salsa peppers have medium heat levels, around 1,000 to 5,000 Scoville Heat Units. They’re a great choice to add to dishes for medium spice.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/blogs\/articles\/how-to-choose-what-kind-of-tomato-variety-to-plant\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGuide to Tomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGarden Salsa Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 seed packet - Approximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seed packet - Approximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1,000 seed packet - Approximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Garden Salsa Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seed Packet","offer_id":40948081885299,"sku":"64997","price":5.19,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097932296,"sku":"33468","price":23.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39097932360,"sku":"33469","price":165.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-garden-salsa-hybrid-treated-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440499"},{"product_id":"sweet-pepper-giant-marconi-hybrid","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Giant Marconi Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e72 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, 2001 AAS winner, sweet pepper with no heat. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus.  Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds from True Leaf Market produce 6-8 inch sweet Italian grilling peppers on vigorous 24-30 inch plants. Offering a sweet, smoky flavor, Giant Marconi sweet peppers are an AAS Winner for 2001 with best-in-class yield, pepper size, earliness, and flavor. ~3,360 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 72 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild, sweet, and smoky\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad, Stuffing, Topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Giant Marconi Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow your peppers, prepare your seed starting trays and plant the seeds. Start the process about 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Plant the seeds in either a well-draining soil or in a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. The pH of the soil should be about 6.5. The seeds should be planted about 0.25 inches deep. Make sure the soil stays moist, but don’t overwater your seeds. You can stick your pinky into the soil to see if it is dry below the surface. If it is, then give your plants a little water, but make sure you don’t overwater them. Keep the peppers in a warm area, between 80-90 F, so they can germinate. A grow light is a great way to keep their growing area warm. Once the seedlings emerge, normally after 7-10 days, you can start the process of hardening off your plants!  Once the plants are about 6-8 inches tall, you can move them to a cooler area, around 70 F, to prepare them for being outside! Choose a nice sunny location in your garden or in pots for your plants. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are several things you can do to make sure your peppers grow well. Make sure that you water your plants consistently, especially during dry periods. Sprinkle some mulch around the base of your plants to keep the soil moist and prevent any pesky weeds. To help your plants grow, you can try giving them fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium. Be sure to follow the instructions on your fertilizer and not over-fertilize them. If your pepper plants get tall, you may need to provide them with stakes or a cage to support the weight of the fruit. You can also try companion planting - plant some marigolds and basil alongside your peppers to attract pollinators and keep the pests at bay. And keep an eye on your peppers - if you spot any pests or diseases, make sure to treat them immediately!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Giant Marconi Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your peppers fruit, keep a close eye on them so you are ready to harvest fruit as soon as it is ripe. The fruits will typically be ready within about 72 days of transplanting, and they will be a bright cherry red color or a bright green and have a firm feel. Because this is a sweet variety, these peppers taste better when they are fully ripe, when they’re about 6 to 8 inches long and have a glossy sheen. To harvest Giant Marconi Hybrid peppers, use garden shears or a knife and cut the peppers from the plant. Make sure to be gentle and aim for a clean cut, and leave a small stem on the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e This pepper is an Italian-type sweet pepper, but this hybrid version was developed in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pepper was an AAS winner in 2001 for its yield, pepper size, earliness, and flavor. It is resistant to Potato Virus Y and Tobacco Mosaic Virus. These peppers grow 6-8 inches long and have a sweet, smoky flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause they can grow 2-3 feet tall, these peppers aren’t a good fit for hanging baskets or smaller pots, but they grow well in plots, raised beds, and greenhouses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Make sure you don’t plant these sweet peppers too close to hot peppers - they can cross-pollinate. These peppers are great for frying!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGiant Marconi Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Giant Marconi Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145651728499,"sku":"49793","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097947912,"sku":"33479","price":24.86,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500 Seeds","offer_id":39097947976,"sku":"33478","price":103.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/sweet-pepper-giant-marconi-hybrid-Comp.jpg?v=1759441178"},{"product_id":"pepper-sweet-gypsy-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Sweet - Gypsy Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e62 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Gypsy Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, AAS Winner, sweet-type, with no heat levels. 0 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Hybrid Gypsy Peppers are the perfect sweet treat to put in your garden. These peppers have zero spice and grow to be 4-5 inches long. Also known as Cubanelle peppers, they are a cross between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper. It is not uncommon to have yields between 50-100 peppers with suitable conditions. You will enjoy a thin skin with delicious flesh that varies in taste as it changes from green to yellow, to orange, and red. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 62 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - These peppers (think Bell Peppers) are almost all at 0 on the Scoville Scale, meaning that they have no heat at all. A handful of sweet peppers do register very low on the Scoville scale but are still classed as sweet peppers. For example, Pepperoncinis are sweet peppers but usually rank around 100 to 500 on the Scoville Scale. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet - Peppers with no heat. 0-99 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Bell Peppers \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Green, Yellow, Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003eSweet \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Salad, Stuffing, Topping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Gypsy Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo grow your Gypsy Hybrid peppers, prepare your seed starting trays and plant the seeds. Start the process about 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. You can use either well-draining soil or go for a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair - both will work for seed starting. The seeds should be planted about 0.25 inches deep. Make sure the soil stays moist, but don’t overwater your seeds. You can stick your pinky into the soil to see if it is dry below the surface. If it is, then give your plants a little water, but make sure you don’t overwater them. Keep your peppers in a warm spot, ideally between 80-90 F, and if it's a bit chilly, a grow light can be a great help for helping your seeds germinate. Once those seedlings pop up, usually in about 7-10 days, expose them to some cooler air before moving them outside! Plant your seedlings in a sunny location that has well-draining soil, ideally somewhere you haven’t grown nightshades in a while, to make sure the soil has plenty of nutrients. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet's talk about giving your peppers the treatment they need to grow into thriving plants. Consistent watering is key, especially during dry spells - these peppers don't like to be thirsty! You can sprinkle some mulch around the base of the plant to keep the moisture in and suppress any weeds. To help your plants grow, you can try giving them fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium. Be sure to follow the instructions on your fertilizer and not over-fertilize them. If your plants get especially tall, you may need to give them some support with a trellis or cage to support the weight of the fruit. Try companion planting with plants like marigolds and herbs like basil, which can help attract beneficial insects to the garden, as well as deterring pests. And keep an eye on your peppers - if you spot any pests or diseases, make sure to treat them immediately!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Gypsy Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your peppers start to grow bright fruit, keep watch for the perfect harvest moment. Usually, they'll be ready to pick around 62 days after transplanting, with a vibrant red hue and will feel firm. Since these are sweet peppers with a mild heat level, they're at their tastiest when fully ripe - they’ll be glossy and about 4-5 inches long. When it's time to harvest, take your garden shears or a knife and give your peppers a clean snip off the plant, leaving a little stem on the plant. Try to harvest when the peppers are fully ripe. If you pick them early, the fruit may be bitter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Gypsy Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e These peppers were developed in the 1980s by Petoseed Co. in the US. They are a cross between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper, and they’re popular for their fast growth rate and high yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers have no heat, and they have quick grow times! Your plant may yield up to 100 peppers over the course of the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs this variety good for container gardens? How about hanging baskets? \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Gypsy Hybrid peppers, also known as Cubanelles, are a mix between a sweet pepper and a bell pepper. They have thin skin and tasty flesh. Their taste will change as the peppers turn from green to yellow to orange to red.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGypsy Hybrid Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 10 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 1,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Gypsy Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145743708275,"sku":"49794","price":3.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097953992,"sku":"33500","price":4.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39097954056,"sku":"33501","price":24.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-sweet-gypsy-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440502"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-holy-mole-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Holy Mole Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Hybrid Holy Mole Hot pepper is ready in 85 days. The first hybrid pasilla-type pepper is used to make the famous mole sauce. Hybrid vigor brings very high yields of 7 to 9 inch peppers measuring 1 1\/2 inches across. The fruit can be harvested green or allowed to mature to a dark chocolate color. The flavor is nutty and tangy. Mature plants can get 3 feet tall. This hybrid has exhibited resistance to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Holy Mole Hybrid Hot Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-89 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 to 1,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mid - Ready for harvest around 76 to 90 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to Tobacco Mosaic Virus. Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoly Mole Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Purple, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Holy Mole Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanting Holy Mole peppers starts with sowing seeds indoors. These should be planted about .25 inches deep in a seed-starting mix such as coconut coir. Ideally, this is done approximately 6-8 weeks before your area's last expected frost date. The seeds require a warm environment to germinate effectively, so maintaining a temperature around 70-80 F (21-27 C) is crucial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the seedlings develop, it’s vital to ensure they receive plenty of light—either from a natural source or from grow lights—for about 14-16 hours per day. Once they have grown their second set of true leaves, it's time to begin the hardening-off process. This involves gradually acclimating the young plants to outdoor conditions over a week. Begin by placing them outside in a shaded, protected spot for a few hours each day, gradually increasing their exposure to sun and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplanting should occur only after all danger of frost has passed and the soil has warmed. When transplanting, space the plants about 18-24 inches apart in rows that are 2-3 feet apart. This spacing allows adequate air circulation and room for growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers thrive in well-draining soil rich in organic matter. Regular watering is important, especially during dry spells, but be careful to avoid waterlogged soil, which can lead to root diseases. Mulching around the plants can help retain soil moisture and control weed growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFertilization should be approached with care. Start with a balanced fertilizer after transplanting, and consider a low-nitrogen, high-phosphorus fertilizer to boost flowering and fruiting when the first flowers appear. Continue to fertilize about once a month throughout the growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon pests like aphids, spider mites, and flea beetles can be managed through regular monitoring and prompt action. Natural deterrents, such as neem oil or insecticidal soaps, are effective for controlling small infestations. Encouraging beneficial insects, such as ladybugs and lacewings, can also help manage pest populations naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Holy Mole Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers are typically ready to harvest about 85 days after transplanting. They change from green to a deep brown when mature. The timing of harvest can affect their heat level and flavor; the longer they remain on the vine, the more intense these characteristics become. Harvesting is done by cutting the peppers from the plant with scissors or a sharp knife to avoid damaging the plant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Holy Mole Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts name, “Holy Mole,” hints at its ideal use in making mole sauces, where its mild heat and rich flavor can truly shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe peppers are sleek and elongated, typically growing about 7 to 9 inches long and mature to a gorgeous chocolate brown color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile these peppers are a staple for traditional mole sauces, their mild heat also makes them perfect for stuffing with meats or cheeses. For a unique twist, try making Holy Mole poppers: halve the peppers, stuff them with a mixture of cream cheese and spices, wrap them in bacon, and grill until crispy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHoly Mole peppers are also well-suited for container gardening, making them accessible for those with limited space. Choose a container at least 12 inches deep with good drainage. Fill it with a minimum of 5 gallons of soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStories From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Mole is a traditional Mexican dish that is extremely unique. It blends sweet and savory flavors into a wonderfully sauce often served over chicken. I had the privilege of eating it quite a few times while living in South Texas and it is so nostalgic for me now!\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Holy Mole Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32142442528883,"sku":"49784","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39097971272,"sku":"33516","price":23.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-holy-mole-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1753997448"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-mariachi-hybrid-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Mariachi Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e60-69 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Mariachi Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, hybrid, AAS winner, hot-type pepper with mild heat levels. 500 to 600 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses.Named after the Mexican musical band, this pepper is often harvested while a creamy white to preserve its fruity undertones. Mariachi is also a beautiful plant and could be included among your ornamentals. ~6,800 seeds\/oz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Mariachi Hot Pepper Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e  4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60-69 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes Start Indoors 7-9 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e  18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 to 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003eNo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 to 600\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e  Mild - 100 to 2,500 on the Scoville Scale. Example: Poblano Ancho or Pepperoncini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMariachi Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mariachi Hot Peppers can be eaten when they are creamy white or red. When they are white, they will have a fruity taste like melon. Red Mariachi peppers will taste more sweet, like a traditional mild pepper. These are delicious raw or cooked. Try broiling these peppers and putting them into a salsa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Mariachi Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart growing your peppers by prepping your seed starting trays. You should plant the seeds about 6-8 weeks before the last spring frost date. Plant the seeds in either a well-draining soil or in a seed starting mix like Minute Soil Coco Clair. The pH of the soil should be about 6.5. Plant the seeds about 0.25 inches deep. Try to keep the soil moist but not waterlogged. You can check whether you need to water your plants by sticking your finger into the soil - if it feels dry, then give your plants some water, but make sure not to overwater. If the soil looks wet, then wait for it to dry out a bit before you water your plants next. Keep your peppers in a warm spot for germination, somewhere around 80-90 F. You can use a grow light to create a warmer space that will help them germinate. After about 7-10 days, they should germinate, and you can move them to a cooler spot so they can be hardened off before you plant them in the garden. Plant the rows about 2-3 feet apart, and plant individual plants about 12-18 inches apart. Dig a hole and make sure the roots are covered completely!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTaking good care of your plants will ensure that you end up with a great harvest of peppers! Make sure to water them consistently. You can add mulch around the base of your plants to help keep the soil moist and suppress weeds. Companion planting with plants like marigolds and basil can help keep pests away and bring pollinators to your garden. You can try giving your plants a fertilizer full of phosphorus and calcium to help promote their growth. Don't forget to give your plants a little support with stakes or trellises to keep them standing tall as they start to grow fruit. Keep an eye out for pests or diseases and make sure to address them immediately if you see signs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Mariachi Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppers are full size when they’ve grown about 4 inches long. They will turn from creamy white to bright red, and they should have a somewhat glossy sheen. They’ll be ripe somewhere between 65 days after transplanting, but because this is a hot variety, you can also harvest them before they’re fully ripe. These peppers have a more complex flavor when they are white. When the peppers are at your preferred ripeness, you can harvest them with garden shears or a knife by cutting off the peppers, leaving a small stem on the pepper. Be sure to be gentle with the plant so you don’t damage the plant and it can keep producing fruit. Because this is a hot variety, make sure you wear gloves and wash your hands immediately after harvest. Also try to avoid leaving them on the plant for too long, because overripe peppers might be a little bit bitter. Store them in a cool and dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Mariachi Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Named for the regional Mexican instrumental group, Mariachi Hot Peppers turn from a creamy white, then to rose, and finally to a bright red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMariachi Hot Peppers can be eaten when they are creamy white or red. When they are white, they will have a fruity taste like melon. Red Mariachi peppers will taste more sweet, like a traditional mild pepper. These are delicious raw or cooked. Try broiling these peppers and putting them into a salsa. These peppers have about 500-600 SCoville Heat Units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMariachi peppers grow well in raised beds, greenhouses, and garden plots. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Peppers are a low-calorie treat that has a lot of nutrition going for them. Vitamin A, vitamin C, folate, fiber, and potassium are all found in peppers. Fiber is essential for regulating blood sugar and feeling full. The peppers are perfect for those that need a little kick, and it's an easy way to liven up dishes.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Chelsea_Hafer_True_Leaf_Market_Writer.png?v=1687192575\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Chelsea Hafer, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Mariachi Hybrid Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32142445772915,"sku":"49786","price":5.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32142445740147,"sku":"33679","price":22.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-mariachi-hybrid-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1756154577"},{"product_id":"pepper-hot-super-chili-seeds","title":"Pepper Seeds - Hot - Super Chili Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003e75 Days to maturity (from transplant). \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e. Super Chili Hybrid Pepper Seeds. Non-GMO, annual, F1 hybrid, AAS winner, high yielding, deer resistant, heat tolerant, drought tolerant, hot pepper with hot heat levels. 40,000 to 50,000 Scoville Heat Units. Suitable for growing in containers, garden plots, raised beds, and greenhouses. AAS Winner Super Chili Hybrid Pepper is a compact super-productive chili pepper plant that produces smallish, thin-walled fruits measuring about 2.5 inches long by 0.5 inch across. It is not unusual for a single pepper plant to produce as many as 200 peppers. Peppers ripen from green to orange to red and appear to grow inverted (pointy end up) making them a popular ornamental choice. They can also be used fresh or dried. The plant is as ornamental as it is useful in the kitchen garden. ~4,000 seeds\/oz. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003cem\u003eCapsicum annuum\u003c\/em\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 Technically a tender perennial, but commonly grown as an annual. Perennial in zones 10 and 11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 (from transplant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Germination:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7-10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeeding Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Sow:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStart Indoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes. Start Indoors 6-8 weeks before your last spring frost date. Harden off and transplant when seedlings are 6-8 inches tall. Bury the stem slightly deeper than the root ball. Avoid planting hot and sweet peppers right next to each other, as they can cross-pollinate, potentially affecting the flavors of your harvested peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Pollination:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers have perfect flowers (male and female parts) and will self-pollinate. However, wind and pollinator activity may increase success rates of fertilization and fruit production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - These peppers all have some heat and usually rank at least 100, but usually 500 or more on the Scoville scale and have heat ranging from mild to extremely hot. Ornamental - These are usually used as ornamental yard or house plants and are almost all container growable. These peppers are also edible but usually range from 30,000 on the Scoville Scale and up. They are mostly grown as ornamentals. Some sweet and hot peppers are also grown as ornamentals but are grown primarily for culinary use. Example: Numex Twilight is a hot pepper but is sometimes grown as an ornamental.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20-30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Units:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40,000 to 50,000\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat Level:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot - 30,000 to 100,000 on the Scoville Scale. Example Cayenne \u0026amp; Tabasco. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Early - Ready for harvest around 61 to 75 days from transplant. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Well-draining, loose (sandy loam), slightly acidic (6.5 pH), and moisture retaining. Too much nitrogen in the soil may lead to more foliage production and less fruiting, similar to tomatoes. Peppers also need sufficient amounts of phosphorus and calcium. We recommend using a balanced fertilizer for the best results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warmer (70-85 F). During high heat, foliar and flower development slow or pause until temperatures return to the preferred range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGermination Temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80-90 F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full Sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests and Diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Peppers are commonly susceptible to cutworms, aphids, flea beetles, bacterial spot, Phytophthora, sunscald, and blossom end rot. To avoid or reduce problems with pests and diseases, stick to a regular watering schedule (drip irrigation is preferred), plant into well-draining soils, and utilize practices such as crop rotation. When taking pest control measures, consider utilizing integrated pest management principles by using mechanical removal, biological control, and other cultural practices before turning to chemical agents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Chili Hybrid Pepper Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Chili Hybrid Pepper Flavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Spicy with a clean, sharp heat; lacks sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Greenhouse, Garden Plot, Raised Bed, Container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePepper Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Excellent for salsas, hot sauces, marinades, pickling, and drying into chili flakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClimate Tolerance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat, Drought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrowing Super Chili Hybrid Peppers in the Vegetable Garden\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo cultivate Super Chili peppers successfully, begin by sowing seeds indoors 6-8 weeks before your region's last expected frost date . Plant the seeds about 0.25 inches deep in a well-draining, nutrient-rich seed-starting mix . Maintain a consistent soil temperature between 75 F and 90 F to encourage germination, which typically occurs within 7 to 10 days. Keep the soil moist but not waterlogged, and provide ample light, either from a sunny windowsill or grow lights, to support healthy seedling development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce seedlings have developed at least three sets of true leaves and are approximately 3 to 4 weeks old, they are ready for transplanting. Before moving them outdoors, harden off the plants over a period of 7 to 10 days to acclimate them to external conditions . Begin by placing the seedlings outside in a sheltered, partially shaded area for an hour, gradually increasing their exposure to sunlight and outdoor temperatures each day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransplant the hardened-off seedlings into the garden or containers when the danger of frost has passed and the soil temperature is consistently above 60 F. Choose a location that receives full sun, as chili peppers thrive with at least 6 to 8 hours of direct sunlight daily. Space the plants about 18 to 24 inches apart to ensure adequate air circulation and room for growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting Super Chili Hybrid Peppers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fruits are ready to harvest when they have fully transitioned to their bright red color, indicating peak ripeness and flavor. To harvest, use clean scissors or pruning shears to cut the peppers from the plant, leaving a small portion of the stem attached. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to produce more fruit throughout the season.​\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout Super Chili Hybrid Pepper Garden Seeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e These peppers are often used for ornamental purposes, but they are also completely edible. Pepper bushes stay compact and are perfect for container gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pepper plants are beautiful. If you are using these for food, they will be spicy. Pickle these peppers in your chosen mix of flavors because there isn't a big variety in flavor, just heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeppers are full of nutrients, and they are low-calorie. Hot peppers have vitamins A and C, which are both essential for a well-functioning immune system. These peppers also contain fiber and folate. Hot peppers are great for health because they often help jumpstart metabolism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse these peppers interchangeably with Thai or Cayenne peppers in recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTips From Our Gardeners\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Keep in mind that peppers grown in containers often need more frequent maintenance, such as water and fertilizer, than those grown in-ground. Yet, growing in containers has it’s own benefits as well such as mobility and compactness.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable width=\"100%\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 20.7517%;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"display: block; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;\" height=\"89\" width=\"89\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/Lara-Wadsworth.jpg?v=1656702669\" alt=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 75.2483%;\"\u003e \u003cem\u003e- Lara Wadsworth, True Leaf Market Writer\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"custom-videos\" class=\"custom-video-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FM-hwE7TYQk?si=yo5y9GC3nHd1UCso\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"custom-video-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/AeSqa0w4VZo?si=Os_CAmkjhnGXE6O1\" title=\"YouTube video player\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" referrerpolicy=\"strict-origin-when-cross-origin\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOther Resources\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/scoville-heat-scale\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScoville Heat Scale\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuper Chili Hot Pepper Seeds Per Package:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1000 seed Packet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon-GMO Super Chili Hot Pepper seeds are available for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/shipping-information\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFast Free Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e on qualifying orders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Seed Company","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145044570227,"sku":"49788","price":4.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":39108300232,"sku":"33903","price":13.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 Seeds","offer_id":39108300360,"sku":"33904","price":111.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/pepper-hot-super-chili-seeds-Comp.jpg?v=1762440533"},{"product_id":"strawberry-berries-basket-white-hybrid-seeds","title":"Strawberry Seeds - Berries Basket White Hybrid","description":"\u003cp\u003eBerri Basket White Hyrbid strawberries are ready in 85 days. Strawberry variety is well suited for baskets. Hardy to zone 5, the ever-bearing, runnerless, compact and bushy plants bear large, deep red, full-flavored berries until the first frost. Pick fruit as it ripens conveniently from baskets. This means more fruit will end up in your mouth instead of the birds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--split--\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrowing Berri Basket White Hybrid Strawberry Vegetable Garden Seeds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.trueleafmarket.com\/pages\/the-vegetable-growing-guide-from-true-leaf-market\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDownload Free Vegetable Growing Guide PDF\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!--attr--\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fragaria Hybrid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther Names:\u003c\/strong\u003e Berri Basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDays to Maturity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardiness Zone:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hardy to zone 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlant Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRow Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Herbaceous\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoil Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Moist, well-draining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemp Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight Preference:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full sun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePests\/diseases:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strawberry sap beetle, slug, fruit fly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlavor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!--endattr--\u003e \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBerri Basket White Hybrid Strawberry Growth Habits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStrawberries should be started indoors if you want fruit during the first year. Plant seeds ¼\" under the soil. When transplanting to the final destination, space out strawberry seedlings 18\" apart. Berry Basket White Hybrid Strawberry will develop white flowers with deep green shiny leaves. This variety is strong and vigorous.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVarious Uses for Berri Basket White Hybrid Strawberry:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreshly picked strawberries are easily the best use. This variety can be container-grown, so it is especially convenient. But you can also put them into cakes, jams, and pies. A great addition to breakfast can be added to yogurt, oatmeal, and toast. Throw strawberries into a spinach salad for an unexpected addition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBerri Basket White Hybrid Strawberry Benefits:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBerri Basket White Hybrid Strawberries bring a lot of benefits to the garden. Successful companion plants include peas, spinach, lettuce, onions, thyme, beans, and garlic. Strawberries are also a nutritious addition to any diet. They include vitamin C, manganese, and folate. It is especially important for pregnant mothers to consume folate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdditional Information:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVigorous strawberry that can be grown in baskets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeeds Per Package:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 oz - Approximately 6,800 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 oz - Approximately 27,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 lb - Approximately 108,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb - Approximately 544,000 Seeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Mountain Valley Hybrid Seeds","offers":[{"title":"10 Seeds","offer_id":32145763696755,"sku":"49803","price":7.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100 Seeds","offer_id":32145763663987,"sku":"34229","price":36.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/files\/strawberry-berries-basket-white-hybrid-seeds-comp.jpg?v=1762440558"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/2016\/2681\/collections\/squash-summer-zucchini-eight-ball-hybrid-seed-wm_700_2160x_4036fbcf-a6d5-486f-88b8-0d9856ff4973.jpg?v=1654905795","url":"https:\/\/store.trueleafmarket.com\/collections\/hybrid-seeds\/zone-4.oembed?page=15","provider":"True Leaf Market","version":"1.0","type":"link"}